1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.43 2002/08/26 21:53:31 gshapiro Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 10 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 11 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 12 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 13 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 14 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 15 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 16 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 17 Courtesan Consulting. 18 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 19 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 20 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 21 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 22 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 23 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 24 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 25 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 26 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 27 Earickson of Colby College. 28 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 29 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 30 Courtesan Consulting. 31 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 32 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 33 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 34 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 35 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 36 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 37 execve(). 38 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 39 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 40 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 41 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 42 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 43 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 44 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 45 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 46 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 47 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 48 supposed for addresses on the header content. 49 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 50 Portability: 51 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 52 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 53 fix from Scott Walters. 54 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 55 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 56 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 57 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 58 NETISO support has been dropped. 59 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 60 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 61 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 62 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 63 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 64 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 65 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 66 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 67 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 68 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 69 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 70 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 71 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 72 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 73 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 74 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 75 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 76 University. 77 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 78 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 79 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 80 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 81 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 82 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 83 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 84 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 85 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 86 New Files: 87 contrib/etrn.0 88 898.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 90 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 91 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 92 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 93 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 94 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 95 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 96 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 97 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 98 with rogue DNS servers. 99 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 100 by Bryan Costales. 101 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 102 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 103 Costales. 104 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 105 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 106 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 107 Polytechnic Institute. 108 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 109 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 110 Portability: 111 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 112 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 113 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 114 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 115 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 116 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 117 8.13 will change the default locking method to 118 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 119 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 120 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 121 related programs to match locking techniques. 122 1238.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 124 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 125 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 126 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 127 section of the top level README for more information. 128 Problem noted by lumpy. 129 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 130 instead of 0644. 131 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 132 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 133 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 134 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 135 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 136 Purdue University. 137 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 138 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 139 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 140 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 141 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 142 of Active State. 143 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 144 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 145 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 146 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 147 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 148 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 149 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 150 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 151 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 152 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 153 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 154 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 155 or the queue. 156 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 157 user who started sendmail. 158 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 159 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 160 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 161 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 162 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 163 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 164 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 165 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 166 Portability: 167 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 168 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 169 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 170 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 171 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 172 Charles University in Prague. 173 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 174 memory. 175 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 176 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 177 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 178 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 179 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 180 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 181 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 182 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 183 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 184 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 185 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 186 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 187 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 188 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 189 noted by Bryan Costales. 190 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 191 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 192 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 193 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 194 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 195 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 196 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 197 match dnsbl change. 198 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 199 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 200 installing the sendmail statistics file. 201 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 202 a user's filter starts other applications. 203 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 204 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 205 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 206 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 207 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 208 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 209 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 210 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 211 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 212 noted by Bryan Costales. 213 New Files: 214 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 215 2168.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 217 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 218 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 219 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 220 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 221 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 222 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 223 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 224 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 225 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 226 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 227 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 228 University. 229 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 230 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 231 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 232 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 233 of INTERMETA. 234 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 235 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 236 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 237 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 238 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 239 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 240 ActiveState. 241 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 242 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 243 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 244 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 245 Northern Illinois University. 246 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 247 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 248 of Dinoex. 249 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 250 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 251 Polytechnic Institute. 252 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 253 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 254 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 255 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 256 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 257 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 258 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 259 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 260 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 261 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 262 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 263 missing arguments. 264 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 265 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 266 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 267 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 268 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 269 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 270 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 271 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 272 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 273 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 274 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 275 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 276 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 277 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 278 of Concordia University. 279 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 280 found by Mario Nigrovic. 281 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 282 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 283 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 284 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 285 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 286 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 287 Elvers. 288 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 289 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 290 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 291 total number of TCP connections. 292 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 293 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 294 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 295 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 296 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 297 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 298 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 299 Texas. 300 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 301 to 451. 302 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 303 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 304 patch by Bryan Costales. 305 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 306 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 307 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 308 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 309 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 310 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 311 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 312 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 313 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 314 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 315 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 316 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 317 command). 318 Portability: 319 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 320 available. 321 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 322 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 323 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 324 Skyrr. 325 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 326 noted by John Beck. 327 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 328 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 329 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 330 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 331 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 332 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 333 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 334 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 335 error. 336 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 337 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 338 Krzysztof Oledzki. 339 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 340 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 341 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 342 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 343 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 344 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 345 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 346 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 347 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 348 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 349 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 350 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 351 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 352 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 353 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 354 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 355 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 356 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 357 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 358 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 359 noted by John Beck. 360 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 361 if queue groups are used. 362 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 363 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 364 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 365 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 366 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 367 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 368 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 369 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 370 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 371 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 372 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 373 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 374 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 375 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 376 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 377 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 378 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 379 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 380 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 381 ldap_memfree(). 382 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 383 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 384 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 385 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 386 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 387 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 388 San Francisco. 389 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 390 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 391 Joe Barbish. 392 New Files: 393 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 394 3958.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 396 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 397 at startup, only log an error message. 398 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 399 following -b) has been specified. 400 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 401 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 402 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 403 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 404 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 405 Regensburg. 406 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 407 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 408 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 409 Institute of Mining and Technology. 410 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 411 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 412 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 413 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 414 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 415 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 416 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 417 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 418 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 419 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 420 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 421 SMTP connections. 422 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 423 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 424 and Technology. 425 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 426 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 427 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 428 Meteorological Institute. 429 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 430 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 431 Online. 432 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 433 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 434 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 435 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 436 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 437 types, respectively. 438 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 439 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 440 of Virginia Tech. 441 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 442 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 443 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 444 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 445 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 446 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 447 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 448 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 449 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 450 of Vienna. 451 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 452 of Sun Microsystems. 453 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 454 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 455 with servers that do not support realms when using 456 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 457 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 458 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 459 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 460 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 461 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 462 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 463 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 464 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 465 instead of forcing localhost. 466 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 467 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 468 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 469 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 470 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 471 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 472 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 473 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 474 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 475 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 476 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 477 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 478 Compaq Computer Corp. 479 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 480 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 481 Tech. 482 Portability: 483 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 484 patch provided by HP. 485 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 486 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 487 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 488 Sachin of Siemens. 489 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 490 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 491 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 492 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 493 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 494 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 495 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 496 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 497 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 498 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 499 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 500 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 501 Hewlett-Packard. 502 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 503 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 504 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 505 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 506 Virginia Tech. 507 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 508 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 509 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 510 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 511 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 512 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 513 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 514 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 515 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 516 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 517 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 518 Florida. 519 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 520 Altin Waldmann. 521 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 522 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 523 Hewlett-Packard. 524 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 525 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 526 of MSFU. 527 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 528 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 529 Institute. 530 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 531 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 532 to free memory twice. 533 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 534 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 535 of Sun Microsystems. 536 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 537 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 538 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 539 University of Athens. 540 New Files: 541 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 542 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 543 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 544 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 545 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 546 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 547 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 548 libsm/mpeix.c 549 5508.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 551 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 552 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 553 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 554 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 555 found by Michal Zalewski. 556 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 557 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 558 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 559 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 560 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 561 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 562 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 563 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 564 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 565 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 566 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 567 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 568 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 569 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 570 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 571 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 572 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 573 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 574 canonical name for a host. 575 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 576 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 577 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 578 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 579 Portability: 580 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 581 `uname` does not given complete information. 582 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 583 Aircraft Company. 584 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 585 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 586 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 587 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 588 Courtesan Consulting. 589 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 590 problems with potential misconfigurations. 591 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 592 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 593 Technology Organisation of Australia. 594 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 595 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 596 then use it. 597 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 598 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 599 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 600 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 601 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 602 and vacation. 603 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 604 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 605 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 606 New Files: 607 test/Build 608 test/Makefile 609 test/Makefile.m4 610 test/README 611 test/t_dropgid.c 612 test/t_setgid.c 613 Deleted Files: 614 include/sm/stdio.h 615 include/sm/sysstat.h 616 6178.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 618 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 619 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 620 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 621 default). The installation process tries to install 622 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 623 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 624 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 625 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 626 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 627 flags: 628 GroupWritableForwardFile 629 WorldWritableForwardFile 630 GroupWritableIncludeFile 631 WorldWritableIncludeFile 632 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 633 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 634 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 635 (IdS). 636 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 637 point where the variable could become overused for more than 638 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 639 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 640 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 641 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 642 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 643 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 644 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 645 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 646 see sendmail/SECURITY. 647 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 648 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 649 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 650 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 651 sendmail/SECURITY. 652 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 653 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 654 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 655 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 656 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 657 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 658 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 659 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 660 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 661 command has been removed. 662 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 663 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 664 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 665 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 666 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 667 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 668 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 669 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 670 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 671 supported. 672 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 673 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 674 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 675 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 676 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 677 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 678 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 679 creation rather than just before delivery. 680 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 681 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 682 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 683 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 684 preference matches (coattail). 685 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 686 try other MX hosts if available. 687 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 688 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 689 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 690 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 691 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 692 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 693 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 694 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 695 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 696 removed in future versions. 697 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 698 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 699 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 700 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 701 doc/op/op.me for details. 702 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 703 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 704 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 705 of the presented certificate, respectively. 706 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 707 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 708 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 709 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 710 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 711 enough on a per recipient basis. 712 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 713 for STARTTLS. 714 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 715 value "NOT". 716 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 717 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 718 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 719 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 720 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 721 really required. This change results in a noticable 722 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 723 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 724 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 725 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 726 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 727 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 728 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 729 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 730 command line, then the value also limits the number of 731 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 732 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 733 by a queue run. 734 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 735 system each queue directory resides in. 736 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 737 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 738 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 739 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 740 collected together) to process the same work list at the 741 same time. 742 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 743 active queue runner processes. 744 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 745 runners per queue group. 746 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 747 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 748 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 749 of the queue that match during processing. 750 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 751 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 752 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 753 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 754 persistent queue runner. 755 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 756 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 757 sendmail -q15m). 758 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 759 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 760 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 761 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 762 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 763 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 764 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 765 of the qf file (older entries first). 766 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 767 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 768 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 769 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 770 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 771 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 772 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 773 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 774 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 775 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 776 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 777 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 778 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 779 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 780 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 781 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 782 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 783 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 784 details. 785 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 786 the number of entries in the queue(s). 787 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 788 and the usual documentation for details. 789 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 790 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 791 announced in 8.10. 792 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 793 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 794 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 795 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 796 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 797 -r (number of retries). 798 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 799 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 800 and value separated by the given separator. 801 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 802 to map class arith. 803 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 804 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 805 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 806 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 807 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 808 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 809 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 810 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 811 filenames with spaces). 812 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 813 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 814 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 815 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 816 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 817 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 818 to the loopback net. 819 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 820 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 821 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 822 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 823 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 824 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 825 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 826 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 827 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 828 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 829 Development Group. 830 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 831 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 832 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 833 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 834 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 835 load average is exceeded. 836 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 837 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 838 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 839 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 840 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 841 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 842 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 843 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 844 instead. 845 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 846 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 847 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 848 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 849 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 850 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 851 for direct (command line) submissions. 852 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 853 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 854 Hagino of the KAME Project. 855 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 856 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 857 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 858 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 859 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 860 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 861 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 862 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 863 before logging. 864 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 865 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 866 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 867 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 868 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 869 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 870 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 871 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 872 of the Universitat Regensburg. 873 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 874 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 875 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 876 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 877 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 878 See libsm/index.html for details. 879 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 880 care of by fork() and exit(). 881 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 882 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 883 new and old (from new libsm). 884 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 885 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 886 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 887 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 888 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 889 synchronizations calls. 890 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 891 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 892 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 893 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 894 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 895 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 896 for details. 897 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 898 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 899 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 900 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 901 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 902 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 903 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 904 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 905 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 906 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 907 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 908 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 909 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 910 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 911 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 912 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 913 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 914 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 915 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 916 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 917 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 918 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 919 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 920 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 921 Urbana-Champaign. 922 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 923 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 924 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 925 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 926 connections. 927 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 928 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 929 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 930 cf/README. 931 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 932 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 933 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 934 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 935 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 936 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 937 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 938 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 939 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 940 example). 941 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 942 the default schema used in the above two items. 943 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 944 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 945 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 946 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 947 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 948 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 949 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 950 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 951 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 952 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 953 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 954 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 955 HELO/EHLO commands. 956 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 957 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 958 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 959 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 960 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 961 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 962 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 963 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 964 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 965 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 966 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 967 (verbose) command line option. 968 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 969 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 970 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 971 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 972 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 973 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 974 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 975 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 976 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 977 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 978 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 979 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 980 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 981 British Columbia. 982 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 983 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 984 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 985 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 986 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 987 if required. 988 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 989 class instead. 990 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 991 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 992 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 993 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 994 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 995 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 996 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 997 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 998 Nelson of IBM. 999 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 1000 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 1001 configurable during compile time. The current values and 1002 their defaults are: 1003 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 1004 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 1005 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 1006 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 1007 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 1008 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 1009 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1010 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 1011 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 1012 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 1013 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1014 Meteorological Institute. 1015 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 1016 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 1017 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 1018 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 1019 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 1020 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1021 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 1022 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 1023 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 1024 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 1025 See sendmail/README for further information. 1026 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 1027 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 1028 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 1029 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 1030 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1031 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1032 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 1033 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 1034 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 1035 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 1036 flora.ca. 1037 Portability: 1038 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 1039 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 1040 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1041 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 1042 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 1043 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 1044 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 1045 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 1046 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1047 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 1048 Solaris 8 and later. 1049 Add support for OpenUNIX. 1050 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 1051 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 1052 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 1053 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 1054 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 1055 temporary lookup failures. 1056 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 1057 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 1058 or IP nets. 1059 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 1060 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 1061 to get through. 1062 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 1063 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 1064 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 1065 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 1066 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 1067 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 1068 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 1069 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 1070 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 1071 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 1072 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 1073 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1074 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 1075 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 1076 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 1077 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 1078 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 1079 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 1080 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 1081 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 1082 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 1083 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 1084 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 1085 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 1086 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1087 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 1088 cf/README for details. 1089 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 1090 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 1091 University of Maryland. 1092 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 1093 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 1094 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 1095 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 1096 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 1097 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 1098 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 1099 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 1100 Solving. 1101 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 1102 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 1103 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 1104 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 1105 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 1106 immediately. 1107 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 1108 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 1109 See cf/README for details. 1110 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 1111 temporary lookup failures. 1112 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 1113 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 1114 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 1115 memory use. 1116 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 1117 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 1118 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 1119 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 1120 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 1121 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 1122 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1123 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 1124 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1125 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 1126 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 1127 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 1128 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 1129 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 1130 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 1131 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 1132 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 1133 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 1134 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 1135 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 1136 additional details. 1137 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1138 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 1139 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 1140 information. 1141 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 1142 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 1143 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 1144 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 1145 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 1146 recipients as user unknown. 1147 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 1148 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 1149 section of cf/README for more information. 1150 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 1151 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 1152 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 1153 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 1154 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1155 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1156 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 1157 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 1158 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 1159 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 1160 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 1161 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 1162 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 1163 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 1164 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 1165 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 1166 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 1167 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 1168 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 1169 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 1170 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 1171 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 1172 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 1173 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 1174 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 1175 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 1176 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 1177 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 1178 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 1179 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 1180 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 1181 doc/op/op.me for details. 1182 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 1183 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 1184 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1185 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 1186 dequote map. 1187 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 1188 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 1189 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 1190 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 1191 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 1192 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 1193 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 1194 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 1195 This affects the access database as well as the 1196 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 1197 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 1198 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 1199 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 1200 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 1201 Mississippi State University. 1202 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 1203 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 1204 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 1205 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 1206 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1207 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 1208 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 1209 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 1210 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 1211 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 1212 systems which don't include cat directories. 1213 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 1214 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1215 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 1216 mailbox database type. 1217 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 1218 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 1219 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 1220 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 1221 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 1222 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 1223 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 1224 instead of white space. 1225 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1226 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1227 Meteorological Institute. 1228 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 1229 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 1230 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1231 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 1232 instead of syslog. 1233 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 1234 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 1235 to specify the database and message file since there is no 1236 home directory for the default settings for these options. 1237 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1238 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 1239 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 1240 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 1241 New Directories: 1242 libmilter/docs 1243 New Files: 1244 cf/cf/README 1245 cf/cf/submit.cf 1246 cf/cf/submit.mc 1247 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 1248 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 1249 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 1250 cf/feature/msp.m4 1251 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 1252 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 1253 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 1254 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 1255 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 1256 cf/sendmail.schema 1257 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 1258 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 1259 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 1260 editmap/* 1261 include/sm/* 1262 libsm/* 1263 libsmutil/cf.c 1264 libsmutil/err.c 1265 sendmail/SECURITY 1266 sendmail/TUNING 1267 sendmail/bf.c 1268 sendmail/bf.h 1269 sendmail/sasl.c 1270 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 1271 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 1272 sendmail/tls.c 1273 Deleted Files: 1274 cf/feature/rbl.m4 1275 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 1276 devtools/OS/AIX.2 1277 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 1278 include/sendmail/errstring.h 1279 include/sendmail/useful.h 1280 libsmutil/errstring.c 1281 sendmail/bf_portable.c 1282 sendmail/bf_portable.h 1283 sendmail/bf_torek.c 1284 sendmail/bf_torek.h 1285 sendmail/clock.c 1286 Renamed Files: 1287 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 1288 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 1289 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 1290 12918.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 1292 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 1293 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 1294 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 1295 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 1296 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 1297 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 1298 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 1299 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 1300 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 1301 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 1302 Werner Wiethege. 1303 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 1304 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 1305 13068.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 1307 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 1308 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 1309 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 1310 of SE Netway Communications. 1311 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 1312 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1313 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 1314 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 1315 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 1316 Bosserman of EarthLink. 1317 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 1318 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 1319 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 1320 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 1321 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 1322 University College. 1323 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 1324 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 1325 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 1326 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 1327 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 1328 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 1329 University at Albany. 1330 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 1331 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1332 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 1333 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 1334 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 1335 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 1336 Portability: 1337 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 1338 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1339 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 1340 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1341 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 1342 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 1343 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 1344 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 1345 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 1346 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 1347 13488.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 1349 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 1350 corruption and other potential race conditions. 1351 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 1352 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 1353 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 1354 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 1355 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 1356 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 1357 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 1358 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 1359 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 1360 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 1361 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 1362 from Kenji Miyake. 1363 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 1364 QueueDirectory wildcards. 1365 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 1366 the same map again while exiting. 1367 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 1368 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 1369 of Tuebingen. 1370 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 1371 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 1372 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 1373 Oklahoma State University. 1374 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 1375 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 1376 InTouch Systems, Inc. 1377 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 1378 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 1379 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 1380 Morgan Stanley. 1381 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 1382 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 1383 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1384 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 1385 from Werner Wiethege. 1386 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 1387 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 1388 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 1389 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 1390 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 1391 Internet Services. 1392 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 1393 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1394 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 1395 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1396 Portability: 1397 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 1398 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 1399 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 1400 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 1401 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 1402 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1403 Meteorological Institute. 1404 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 1405 since it generates random process ids. 1406 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 1407 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 1408 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1409 New Files: 1410 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 1411 14128.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 1413 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 1414 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 1415 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1416 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1417 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 1418 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 1419 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 1420 communications consulting gmbh. 1421 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1422 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1423 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 1424 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 1425 connection came in from the command line. 1426 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 1427 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 1428 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1429 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 1430 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 1431 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 1432 when they were committed. 1433 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 1434 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 1435 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 1436 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 1437 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 1438 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 1439 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 1440 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1441 University. 1442 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 1443 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 1444 accept() completes. 1445 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 1446 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 1447 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 1448 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 1449 Wellcome. 1450 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 1451 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 1452 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1453 University. 1454 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 1455 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 1456 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 1457 University of New Brunswick. 1458 Portability: 1459 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 1460 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 1461 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 1462 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1463 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1464 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 1465 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 1466 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1467 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 1468 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 1469 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 1470 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 1471 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 1472 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 1473 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1474 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 1475 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 1476 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 1477 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1478 Institute. 1479 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 1480 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 1481 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1482 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 1483 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 1484 Renamed Files: 1485 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 1486 14878.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 1488 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 1489 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 1490 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 1491 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 1492 Schools" project (IdS). 1493 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 1494 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 1495 be enabled by compiling with: 1496 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 1497 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 1498 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1499 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 1500 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 1501 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 1502 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 1503 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 1504 Colby College. 1505 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 1506 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 1507 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 1508 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 1509 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 1510 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 1511 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 1512 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 1513 NxNetworks, Inc. 1514 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 1515 client name. 1516 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 1517 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 1518 the Universitat Regensburg. 1519 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 1520 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 1521 University of Arizona. 1522 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 1523 of Collective Technologies. 1524 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 1525 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 1526 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 1527 Engineering. 1528 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 1529 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1530 Meteorological Institute. 1531 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1532 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1533 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1534 Meteorological Institute. 1535 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 1536 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 1537 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 1538 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1539 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 1540 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 1541 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 1542 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 1543 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 1544 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1545 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 1546 overall connections, not the number of connections per 1547 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 1548 counting. 1549 Portability: 1550 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 1551 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 1552 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 1553 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 1554 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 1555 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 1556 Rosenman. 1557 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1558 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1559 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 1560 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 1561 of Pacific Access. 1562 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 1563 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1564 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 1565 Microsystems. 1566 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 1567 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 1568 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1569 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 1570 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 1571 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 1572 implicitly assume canonical host names. 1573 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 1574 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1575 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 1576 Virginia Tech. 1577 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 1578 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 1579 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1580 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 1581 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 1582 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 1583 gmbh. 1584 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 1585 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1586 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 1587 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 1588 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 1589 of Kyoto University. 1590 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 1591 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 1592 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 1593 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 1594 version. 1595 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 1596 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1597 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1598 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 1599 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 1600 or *-owner. 1601 New Files: 1602 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 1603 contrib/buildvirtuser 1604 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 1605 16068.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 1607 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 1608 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1609 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 1610 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 1611 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 1612 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 1613 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1614 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 1615 wildcards. 1616 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 1617 process may close the connection before the child process 1618 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 1619 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 1620 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1621 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 1622 read the LDAP secret from a file. 1623 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 1624 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 1625 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 1626 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1627 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 1628 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 1629 of EarthLink. 1630 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 1631 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 1632 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 1633 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1634 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 1635 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1636 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 1637 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 1638 Fournier of Acadia University. 1639 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 1640 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 1641 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 1642 one of the others may be able to take over. 1643 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 1644 previous load average query result. 1645 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 1646 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 1647 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 1648 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1649 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 1650 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 1651 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 1652 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 1653 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1654 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 1655 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 1656 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 1657 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 1658 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 1659 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 1660 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 1661 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 1662 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 1663 University of British Columbia. 1664 Portability: 1665 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 1666 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 1667 override the setting. Suggested by 1668 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 1669 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 1670 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 1671 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 1672 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 1673 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1674 College. 1675 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 1676 Tom Moore of NCR. 1677 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 1678 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 1679 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 1680 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 1681 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1682 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 1683 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 1684 Consulting. 1685 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 1686 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 1687 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 1688 errors in the MAIL address. 1689 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 1690 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 1691 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 1692 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1693 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 1694 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 1695 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 1696 Ericsson. 1697 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 1698 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 1699 mailer as described in cf/README. 1700 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 1701 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 1702 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 1703 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 1704 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 1705 sendmail. 1706 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1707 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1708 Meteorological Institute. 1709 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 1710 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 1711 dot as the only character on the line. 1712 New Files: 1713 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 1714 17158.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 1716 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 1717 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 1718 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 1719 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 1720 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 1721 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 1722 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1723 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 1724 it populates. It is possible that some broken 1725 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 1726 Systems in this category should compile with 1727 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 1728 system and report broken implementations to 1729 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 1730 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 1731 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 1732 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 1733 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 1734 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 1735 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 1736 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 1737 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1738 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 1739 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 1740 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 1741 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1742 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 1743 random data. 1744 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 1745 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 1746 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 1747 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 1748 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 1749 Martin of CMU. 1750 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 1751 strength factor. 1752 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 1753 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 1754 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 1755 of CMU. 1756 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 1757 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 1758 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 1759 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 1760 documented, unless a family is specified in a 1761 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 1762 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 1763 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 1764 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 1765 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 1766 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1767 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 1768 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 1769 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 1770 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 1771 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 1772 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1773 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 1774 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 1775 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 1776 of Sun Microsystems. 1777 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 1778 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 1779 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 1780 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 1781 the incoming information in the queue file for later 1782 delivery attempts. 1783 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 1784 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 1785 smoe.org. 1786 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 1787 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 1788 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1789 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 1790 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 1791 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 1792 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 1793 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 1794 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1795 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 1796 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 1797 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1798 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 1799 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 1800 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 1801 of Northern Illinois University. 1802 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 1803 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1804 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 1805 to kilobyte units. 1806 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 1807 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 1808 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 1809 Polytechnic. 1810 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 1811 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 1812 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 1813 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1814 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 1815 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 1816 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1817 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 1818 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1819 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 1820 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 1821 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 1822 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 1823 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 1824 G. Thomas Consulting. 1825 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 1826 port number (113). 1827 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 1828 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1829 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 1830 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 1831 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1832 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 1833 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 1834 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 1835 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1836 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 1837 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 1838 University of Mainz. 1839 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 1840 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 1841 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 1842 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1843 Portability: 1844 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 1845 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 1846 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 1847 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 1848 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 1849 work properly causing problems if the accept() 1850 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 1851 from Tom Moore of NCR. 1852 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 1853 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 1854 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 1855 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 1856 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 1857 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 1858 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 1859 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 1860 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1861 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 1862 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 1863 confCACERT CACERTFile 1864 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 1865 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 1866 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 1867 confRAND_FILE RandFile 1868 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 1869 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 1870 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 1871 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 1872 cf/README for more information. 1873 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 1874 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 1875 called due to a STARTTLS command. 1876 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 1877 instead of temporary. 1878 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 1879 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 1880 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 1881 Consulting. 1882 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 1883 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 1884 RootsWeb.com. 1885 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 1886 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 1887 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 1888 University of Maryland. 1889 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 1890 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 1891 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 1892 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 1893 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 1894 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 1895 of the University of Alberta. 1896 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 1897 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 1898 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 1899 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 1900 of X.509 certificates. 1901 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 1902 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 1903 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 1904 Universitat Regensburg. 1905 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 1906 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1907 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 1908 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1909 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 1910 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1911 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 1912 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 1913 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1914 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 1915 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 1916 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 1917 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 1918 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 1919 University. 1920 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 1921 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 1922 links. 1923 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 1924 reported. 1925 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 1926 Denman Tire Corporation. 1927 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 1928 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 1929 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 1930 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 1931 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 1932 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 1933 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 1934 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 1935 have a From line. 1936 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 1937 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 1938 Added Files: 1939 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 1940 contrib/cidrexpand 1941 contrib/link_hash.sh 1942 contrib/movemail.conf 1943 contrib/movemail.pl 1944 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 1945 test/t_snprintf.c 1946 19478.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 1948 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 1949 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 1950 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 1951 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 1952 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 1953 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 1954 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 1955 Added Files: 1956 test/t_setuid.c 1957 19588.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 1959 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 1960 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 1961 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 1962 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 1963 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 1964 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 1965 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 1966 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 1967 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 1968 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 1969 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 1970 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1971 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 1972 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 1973 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1974 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 1975 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 1976 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 1977 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 1978 or higher. 1979 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 1980 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 1981 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 1982 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 1983 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1984 Polytechnic Institute. 1985 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 1986 discards the message. 1987 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 1988 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 1989 attempted to the alias. 1990 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 1991 flag options. 1992 Portability: 1993 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 1994 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 1995 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 1996 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 1997 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1998 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 1999 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 2000 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 2001 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 2002 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 2003 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 2004 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 2005 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 2006 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 2007 Services, LLC. 2008 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 2009 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 2010 Courtesan Consulting. 2011 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 2012 Siemens Business Services. 2013 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 2014 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 2015 of WSRCC. 2016 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 2017 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 2018 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 2019 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 2020 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 2021 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 2022 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 2023 of NEC. 2024 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 2025 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2026 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 2027 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 2028 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 2029 Virginia Tech. 2030 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 2031 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 2032 University. 2033 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 2034 for other internal projects but included in the open source 2035 release. 2036 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 2037 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 2038 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 2039 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 2040 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 2041 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 2042 Sendmail. 2043 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 2044 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 2045 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2046 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 2047 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 2048 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 2049 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 2050 Northern Illinois University. 2051 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 2052 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 2053 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 2054 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2055 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 2056 Polytechnique de Montreal. 2057 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 2058 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 2059 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 2060 Added Files: 2061 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 2062 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 2063 Deleted Files: 2064 contrib/converting.sun.configs 2065 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 2066 doc/intro 2067 doc/usenix 2068 doc/changes 2069 20708.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 2071 ************************************************************* 2072 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 2073 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 2074 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 2075 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 2076 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 2077 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 2078 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 2079 * coach, and a friend. * 2080 * * 2081 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 2082 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 2083 * Julie, we miss you! * 2084 ************************************************************* 2085 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 2086 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 2087 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 2088 symbolic link target. 2089 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 2090 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 2091 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2092 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 2093 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 2094 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 2095 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 2096 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2097 version of sendmail. 2098 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 2099 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 2100 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 2101 (IdS). 2102 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 2103 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 2104 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 2105 for easier code sharing among the programs. 2106 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 2107 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 2108 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 2109 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 2110 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 2111 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 2112 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 2113 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 2114 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 2115 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2116 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2117 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 2118 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2119 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2120 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 2121 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2122 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 2123 now listen on several different ports. Use: 2124 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 2125 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 2126 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 2127 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 2128 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 2129 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 2130 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 2131 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 2132 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 2133 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 2134 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 2135 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 2136 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 2137 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 2138 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 2139 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 2140 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 2141 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 2142 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 2143 accordingly. 2144 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 2145 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 2146 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 2147 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 2148 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 2149 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 2150 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 2151 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 2152 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 2153 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 2154 InCert Software. 2155 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 2156 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 2157 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 2158 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 2159 a control socket request. 2160 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 2161 settings: 2162 Timeout.resolver.retrans 2163 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2164 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2165 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 2166 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2167 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2168 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2169 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 2170 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2171 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 2172 delivery attempt. 2173 Timeout.resolver.retry 2174 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2175 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2176 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 2177 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2178 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2179 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2180 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 2181 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2182 query for all resolver lookups except the first 2183 delivery attempt. 2184 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2185 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 2186 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 2187 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 2188 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 2189 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 2190 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 2191 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 2192 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 2193 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 2194 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2195 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 2196 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 2197 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 2198 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 2199 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 2200 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 2201 Telecommunications Ltd. 2202 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 2203 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 2204 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 2205 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 2206 Inc. 2207 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 2208 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 2209 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2210 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 2211 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2212 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 2213 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 2214 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2215 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 2216 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 2217 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 2218 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 2219 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 2220 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 2221 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 2222 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 2223 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2224 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 2225 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 2226 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 2227 Ltd. 2228 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 2229 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 2230 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 2231 example mailer might be: 2232 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 2233 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 2234 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 2235 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2236 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 2237 instead. 2238 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 2239 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 2240 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 2241 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 2242 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 2243 flags. 2244 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 2245 body of the original message on delivery status 2246 notifications. 2247 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 2248 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2249 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 2250 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 2251 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2252 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 2253 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 2254 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2255 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 2256 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 2257 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 2258 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 2259 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 2260 Conwell of Boston University. 2261 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 2262 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2263 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 2264 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 2265 @Home Network. 2266 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 2267 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 2268 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 2269 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 2270 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 2271 similar to check_rcpt etc. 2272 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 2273 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 2274 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 2275 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 2276 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2277 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 2278 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 2279 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2280 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 2281 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 2282 Mathias Herberts. 2283 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 2284 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 2285 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 2286 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 2287 in check_compat). 2288 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 2289 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 2290 option. 2291 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 2292 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 2293 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2294 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 2295 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 2296 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 2297 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 2298 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2299 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 2300 is set. 2301 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 2302 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 2303 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 2304 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 2305 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 2306 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 2307 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 2308 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 2309 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 2310 a denial-of-service attack. 2311 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 2312 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 2313 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 2314 overflow attacks. 2315 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 2316 alias recursion. 2317 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 2318 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 2319 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 2320 directly before the newline. 2321 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 2322 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 2323 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 2324 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 2325 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 2326 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 2327 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 2328 could not be opened. 2329 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 2330 value of this option is macro expanded. 2331 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 2332 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 2333 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 2334 (along with the already existing macros): 2335 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 2336 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 2337 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 2338 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 2339 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 2340 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 2341 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 2342 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 2343 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 2344 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 2345 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 2346 loopback net. 2347 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 2348 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 2349 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 2350 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 2351 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 2352 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 2353 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2354 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 2355 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 2356 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 2357 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 2358 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2359 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 2360 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 2361 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 2362 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 2363 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 2364 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2365 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 2366 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 2367 Ericsson. 2368 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2369 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 2370 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 2371 of Ericsson. 2372 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 2373 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 2374 of Renaissance Internet Services. 2375 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 2376 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 2377 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 2378 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 2379 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 2380 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 2381 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2382 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 2383 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 2384 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 2385 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 2386 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 2387 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 2388 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2389 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 2390 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 2391 equate name. 2392 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 2393 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 2394 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 2395 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 2396 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 2397 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 2398 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 2399 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 2400 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 2401 David Cooley of Colby College. 2402 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 2403 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 2404 already decided the message will be passed to another host 2405 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 2406 Buckeridge Young Limited. 2407 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 2408 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 2409 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 2410 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 2411 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 2412 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 2413 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 2414 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 2415 of Stanford University. 2416 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 2417 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 2418 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 2419 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 2420 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 2421 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 2422 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 2423 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 2424 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 2425 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 2426 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 2427 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 2428 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2429 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 2430 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 2431 attributes found in the match will be returned. 2432 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 2433 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 2434 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 2435 comma separated key and value strings. 2436 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 2437 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 2438 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 2439 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 2440 a single connection to that host. 2441 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 2442 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 2443 LDAP lookups. 2444 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 2445 resources. 2446 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 2447 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 2448 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 2449 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 2450 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 2451 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 2452 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 2453 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 2454 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 2455 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 2456 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 2457 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 2458 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 2459 with the name "*". 2460 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 2461 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 2462 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 2463 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 2464 matches to return. 2465 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 2466 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 2467 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 2468 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 2469 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 2470 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 2471 are defined. 2472 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 2473 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 2474 Tech. 2475 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 2476 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 2477 important if you have large classes. 2478 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 2479 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 2480 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2481 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 2482 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 2483 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 2484 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 2485 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 2486 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 2487 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 2488 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 2489 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 2490 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 2491 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 2492 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 2493 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 2494 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 2495 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 2496 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 2497 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 2498 determined). For single processor machines, this change 2499 has no effect. 2500 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 2501 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2502 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 2503 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2504 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 2505 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 2506 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 2507 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 2508 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 2509 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 2510 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 2511 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 2512 connection-based denial of service attacks. 2513 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 2514 10 or higher. 2515 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 2516 information (from= syslog line). 2517 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 2518 equate (dsn=). 2519 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 2520 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More 2521 information is available at 2522 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark 2523 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2524 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 2525 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 2526 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2527 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 2528 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2529 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 2530 the program as the default user and the default group, not 2531 the forward file user. This change also assures the 2532 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 2533 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 2534 Popovici of DNT Romania. 2535 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 2536 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 2537 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 2538 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 2539 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 2540 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 2541 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 2542 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 2543 helpful to know the sender of the message. 2544 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 2545 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2546 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 2547 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 2548 multiple files. 2549 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 2550 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 2551 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 2552 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 2553 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 2554 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 2555 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 2556 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 2557 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 2558 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 2559 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 2560 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 2561 length before the attempt. 2562 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 2563 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 2564 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 2565 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 2566 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 2567 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 2568 host status files, not all files. 2569 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 2570 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 2571 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 2572 Wonderworks Inc. 2573 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 2574 macro map class. This can be used to store information 2575 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 2576 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 2577 of Hannover. 2578 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 2579 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 2580 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 2581 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 2582 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 2583 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 2584 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 2585 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 2586 flag: 2587 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 2588 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 2589 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 2590 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 2591 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 2592 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 2593 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 2594 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 2595 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 2596 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 2597 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 2598 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 2599 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 2600 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2601 version. 2602 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 2603 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 2604 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 2605 if referencing a named ruleset. 2606 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 2607 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 2608 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 2609 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 2610 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 2611 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 2612 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 2613 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 2614 the University of Maryland. 2615 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 2616 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 2617 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 2618 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 2619 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 2620 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 2621 COMMANDS). 2622 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 2623 but for outgoing connections. 2624 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 2625 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 2626 a require authentication 2627 b bind to interface through which mail has 2628 been received 2629 c perform hostname canonification 2630 f require fully qualified hostname 2631 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 2632 command 2633 C don't perform hostname canonification 2634 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 2635 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 2636 h use name of interface for HELO command 2637 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 2638 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 2639 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 2640 Institutes of Health. 2641 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 2642 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2643 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 2644 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 2645 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2646 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 2647 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 2648 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 2649 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 2650 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 2651 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 2652 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 2653 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2654 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 2655 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 2656 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 2657 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 2658 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 2659 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 2660 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 2661 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 2662 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 2663 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 2664 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 2665 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2666 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 2667 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 2668 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 2669 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 2670 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 2671 timeout. 2672 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 2673 interface address structure when loading the system network 2674 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 2675 Nanoteq. 2676 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 2677 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 2678 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 2679 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 2680 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 2681 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 2682 on load average. 2683 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2684 Northern Illinois University. 2685 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 2686 envelope splitting has occurred. 2687 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 2688 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 2689 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 2690 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 2691 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 2692 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2693 Institute. 2694 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 2695 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 2696 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 2697 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 2698 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 2699 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 2700 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2701 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 2702 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2703 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 2704 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2705 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 2706 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 2707 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 2708 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2709 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 2710 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 2711 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 2712 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2713 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 2714 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 2715 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 2716 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2717 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 2718 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 2719 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2720 University. 2721 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 2722 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 2723 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 2724 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 2725 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 2726 ruleset lines as well. 2727 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 2728 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 2729 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 2730 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2731 Institute. 2732 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 2733 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 2734 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2735 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 2736 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 2737 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 2738 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 2739 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 2740 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 2741 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 2742 of Ericsson. 2743 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 2744 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 2745 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 2746 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2747 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 2748 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 2749 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 2750 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 2751 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 2752 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 2753 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 2754 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 2755 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 2756 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 2757 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 2758 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2759 University. 2760 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 2761 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 2762 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 2763 'sendmail -bs'. 2764 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 2765 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 2766 them in the .cf file. 2767 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 2768 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 2769 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 2770 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 2771 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 2772 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 2773 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 2774 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 2775 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2776 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 2777 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 2778 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 2779 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 2780 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2781 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 2782 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2783 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 2784 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 2785 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 2786 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 2787 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 2788 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 2789 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 2790 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 2791 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 2792 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 2793 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2794 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 2795 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 2796 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 2797 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2798 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 2799 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 2800 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 2801 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 2802 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 2803 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2804 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 2805 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 2806 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 2807 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 2808 don't fail on ANY queries. 2809 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 2810 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 2811 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2812 Northern Illinois University. 2813 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 2814 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 2815 State University. 2816 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 2817 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2818 Northern Illinois University. 2819 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 2820 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 2821 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 2822 Portability: 2823 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 2824 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 2825 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 2826 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 2827 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2828 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 2829 This allows network interface probing to work 2830 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 2831 University of Iowa. 2832 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 2833 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 2834 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 2835 name. 2836 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 2837 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 2838 Virginia Tech. 2839 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 2840 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 2841 Amsterdam. 2842 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 2843 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 2844 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 2845 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 2846 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 2847 in building the operating system. Users can 2848 override the defaults by setting confCC and 2849 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 2850 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 2851 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 2852 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 2853 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 2854 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 2855 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 2856 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 2857 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 2858 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 2859 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 2860 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 2861 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2862 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 2863 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 2864 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 2865 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 2866 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 2867 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 2868 use that value in conf.h. 2869 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 2870 BITart Consulting. 2871 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 2872 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 2873 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 2874 Computer, Inc. 2875 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 2876 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 2877 of E I A. 2878 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 2879 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 2880 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 2881 fchown(2). 2882 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 2883 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 2884 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 2885 srandomdev(3). 2886 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 2887 setlogin(2). 2888 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 2889 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 2890 Siemens Business Services. 2891 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 2892 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 2893 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 2894 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 2895 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 2896 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 2897 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 2898 Aerospace. 2899 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 2900 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 2901 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 2902 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 2903 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 2904 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 2905 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 2906 University. 2907 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 2908 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 2909 Technology Information Network. 2910 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 2911 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 2912 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 2913 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 2914 and OpenBSD. 2915 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 2916 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 2917 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 2918 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2919 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 2920 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 2921 details. 2922 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 2923 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 2924 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 2925 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 2926 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 2927 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 2928 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 2929 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 2930 Courtesan Consulting. 2931 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 2932 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 2933 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 2934 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 2935 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 2936 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 2937 multiple times. 2938 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 2939 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 2940 with From:). 2941 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 2942 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 2943 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 2944 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 2945 new functionality. 2946 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 2947 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 2948 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 2949 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 2950 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 2951 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 2952 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 2953 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 2954 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 2955 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 2956 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 2957 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 2958 confPID_FILE PidFile 2959 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 2960 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 2961 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 2962 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 2963 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2964 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 2965 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 2966 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2967 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 2968 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 2969 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 2970 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 2971 which takes the options as argument and can be used 2972 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 2973 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 2974 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 2975 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 2976 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 2977 to "IPC $h". 2978 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 2979 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 2980 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 2981 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 2982 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 2983 value should be changed with care. 2984 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 2985 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 2986 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 2987 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 2988 complain. 2989 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 2990 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 2991 of Q7 Enterprises. 2992 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 2993 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 2994 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 2995 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 2996 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 2997 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 2998 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 2999 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 3000 of Northern Illinois University. 3001 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 3002 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 3003 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 3004 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 3005 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 3006 in it. 3007 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 3008 in class 'P' ($=P). 3009 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 3010 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 3011 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 3012 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 3013 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 3014 is added. 3015 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 3016 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 3017 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 3018 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 3019 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 3020 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 3021 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 3022 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 3023 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 3024 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 3025 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 3026 Hubert of University of Washington. 3027 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 3028 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 3029 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 3030 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 3031 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 3032 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 3033 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 3034 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 3035 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 3036 Services. 3037 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 3038 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3039 Aerospace. 3040 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 3041 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 3042 University and Brian Candler. 3043 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 3044 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3045 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 3046 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3047 Institute. 3048 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 3049 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 3050 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 3051 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 3052 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 3053 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 3054 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 3055 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 3056 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 3057 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3058 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 3059 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 3060 Willamette Industries, Inc. 3061 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 3062 converted to <user@d> 3063 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 3064 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 3065 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 3066 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 3067 performed. 3068 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 3069 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 3070 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3071 Institute. 3072 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 3073 be accessed by their numbers). 3074 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 3075 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 3076 of an address. 3077 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 3078 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 3079 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 3080 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 3081 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 3082 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 3083 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 3084 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 3085 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 3086 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3087 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 3088 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3089 Institute. 3090 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 3091 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 3092 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 3093 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 3094 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 3095 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 3096 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 3097 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 3098 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 3099 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 3100 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 3101 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3102 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 3103 University of California at Berkeley. 3104 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 3105 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3106 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 3107 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 3108 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3109 Corporation UK. 3110 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 3111 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 3112 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 3113 Yale University. 3114 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 3115 be used for building. 3116 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 3117 used for a fresh build. 3118 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 3119 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 3120 ranlib. 3121 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 3122 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 3123 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 3124 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 3125 Costales. 3126 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 3127 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 3128 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 3129 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 3130 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 3131 of Siemens Business Services. 3132 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 3133 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 3134 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 3135 torek. 3136 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 3137 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 3138 They should contain the C source files for the object files 3139 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 3140 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 3141 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 3142 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 3143 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 3144 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 3145 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 3146 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 3147 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 3148 are in devtools/README. 3149 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 3150 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3151 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 3152 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 3153 new variable which identifies the root of the source 3154 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 3155 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 3156 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 3157 macro. 3158 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 3159 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 3160 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 3161 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 3162 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 3163 Corporation. 3164 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 3165 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 3166 confMANROOTMAN. 3167 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 3168 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 3169 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 3170 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 3171 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 3172 Communications. 3173 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 3174 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 3175 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 3176 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 3177 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 3178 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 3179 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 3180 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 3181 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 3182 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 3183 install-strip target. 3184 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 3185 the others (if it exists). 3186 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 3187 then the default ones. 3188 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 3189 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 3190 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 3191 to set the S flag. 3192 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 3193 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 3194 Northern Illinois University. 3195 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 3196 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 3197 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3198 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 3199 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 3200 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3201 University. 3202 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 3203 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 3204 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3205 University. 3206 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 3207 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 3208 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 3209 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 3210 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 3211 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 3212 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3213 University. 3214 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 3215 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 3216 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3217 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 3218 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 3219 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 3220 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 3221 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 3222 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 3223 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 3224 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 3225 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 3226 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 3227 Alcatel Australia Limited. 3228 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 3229 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 3230 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3231 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 3232 timeout to avoid starvation. 3233 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 3234 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 3235 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3236 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3237 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 3238 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 3239 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 3240 of Maryland. 3241 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 3242 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 3243 sendmail configuration file. 3244 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 3245 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 3246 option. 3247 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 3248 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3249 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 3250 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 3251 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 3252 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 3253 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 3254 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 3255 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3256 Corporation UK. 3257 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 3258 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 3259 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 3260 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3261 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 3262 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 3263 Institute for Global Communications. 3264 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 3265 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 3266 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3267 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 3268 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 3269 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3270 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 3271 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 3272 of the Institute for Global Communications. 3273 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 3274 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 3275 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 3276 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 3277 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 3278 Changed Files: 3279 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 3280 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 3281 which execute the actual Build script in 3282 devtools/bin. 3283 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 3284 -mandoc as they were previously. 3285 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 3286 of Build will work (unless parameters are 3287 required for Build). 3288 New Directories: 3289 devtools/M4/UNIX 3290 include 3291 libmilter 3292 libsmdb 3293 libsmutil 3294 vacation 3295 Renamed Directories: 3296 BuildTools => devtools 3297 src => sendmail 3298 Deleted Files: 3299 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 3300 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 3301 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3302 devtools/OS/SINIX 3303 sendmail/ldap_map.h 3304 New Files: 3305 INSTALL 3306 PGPKEYS 3307 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 3308 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 3309 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 3310 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 3311 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 3312 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 3313 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 3314 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 3315 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 3316 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 3317 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 3318 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 3319 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 3320 contrib/domainmap.m4 3321 contrib/qtool.8 3322 contrib/qtool.pl 3323 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 3324 devtools/M4/list.m4 3325 devtools/M4/string.m4 3326 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 3327 devtools/M4/switch.m4 3328 devtools/OS/Darwin 3329 devtools/OS/GNU 3330 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 3331 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 3332 devtools/OS/m88k 3333 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 3334 mail.local/Makefile 3335 mailstats/Makefile 3336 makemap/Makefile 3337 praliases/Makefile 3338 rmail/Makefile 3339 sendmail/Makefile 3340 sendmail/bf.h 3341 sendmail/bf_portable.c 3342 sendmail/bf_portable.h 3343 sendmail/bf_torek.c 3344 sendmail/bf_torek.h 3345 sendmail/shmticklib.c 3346 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 3347 sendmail/timers.c 3348 sendmail/timers.h 3349 smrsh/Makefile 3350 vacation/Makefile 3351 Renamed Files: 3352 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 3353 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 3354 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 3355 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 3356 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 3357 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 3358 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 3359 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 3360 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 3361 Copied Files: 3362 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 3363 33648.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 3365 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 3366 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 3367 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 3368 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 3369 Schools" project (IdS). 3370 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 3371 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 3372 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 3373 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3374 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 3375 when performing the MIME header length check. This 3376 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 3377 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 3378 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 3379 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 3380 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 3381 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3382 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 3383 ExecPC Internet Systems. 3384 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 3385 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 3386 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 3387 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 3388 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 3389 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 3390 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 3391 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 3392 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 3393 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3394 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 3395 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 3396 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 3397 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 3398 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 3399 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 3400 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 3401 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 3402 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 3403 group of the IETF. 3404 Portability: 3405 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 3406 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 3407 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 3408 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 3409 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 3410 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 3411 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 3412 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 3413 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 3414 Technical University of Denmark. 3415 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 3416 Supercomputer Center. 3417 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 3418 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 3419 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 3420 of Stanford University. 3421 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 3422 between different releases. Back out the 3423 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 3424 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 3425 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 3426 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 3427 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 3428 of Siemens/SNI. 3429 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3430 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 3431 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 3432 University of Brno. 3433 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 3434 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 3435 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3436 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 3437 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 3438 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3439 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 3440 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 3441 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 3442 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 3443 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3444 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 3445 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 3446 MIDS Europe. 3447 New Files: 3448 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 3449 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3450 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 3451 34528.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 3453 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 3454 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 3455 for a denial of service attack. 3456 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 3457 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3458 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 3459 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3460 Corporation UK. 3461 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 3462 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 3463 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 3464 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 3465 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 3466 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 3467 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 3468 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 3469 Internet Services. 3470 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 3471 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 3472 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 3473 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 3474 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 3475 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 3476 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 3477 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 3478 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3479 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 3480 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 3481 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 3482 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 3483 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3484 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3485 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 3486 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 3487 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 3488 Internet Services. 3489 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 3490 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 3491 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 3492 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 3493 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 3494 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 3495 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 3496 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 3497 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 3498 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 3499 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 3500 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 3501 extended testing. 3502 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 3503 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 3504 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 3505 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 3506 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 3507 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3508 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 3509 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 3510 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 3511 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3512 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3513 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 3514 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 3515 Network. 3516 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 3517 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 3518 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 3519 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 3520 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 3521 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 3522 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3523 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 3524 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 3525 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 3526 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 3527 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 3528 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 3529 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 3530 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 3531 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 3532 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3533 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 3534 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3535 Meteorological Institute. 3536 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3537 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 3538 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 3539 Portability: 3540 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3541 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 3542 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 3543 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 3544 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 3545 reading network interface addresses into 3546 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 3547 Cal State University, Chico. 3548 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 3549 from changing the semantics of the compiled 3550 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 3551 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 3552 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 3553 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3554 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3555 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 3556 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 3557 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 3558 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 3559 of Sun Microsystems. 3560 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 3561 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3562 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 3563 of Bits Co., Ltd. 3564 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 3565 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3566 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 3567 of E I A. 3568 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 3569 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 3570 Information Center. 3571 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 3572 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3573 Institute. 3574 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 3575 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 3576 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 3577 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 3578 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3579 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 3580 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 3581 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 3582 Manawatu Internet Services. 3583 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 3584 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 3585 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 3586 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 3587 of Northern Illinois University. 3588 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 3589 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3590 Kiel. 3591 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 3592 Dot Com. 3593 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 3594 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3595 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3596 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 3597 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 3598 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 3599 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3600 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 3601 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3602 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 3603 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 3604 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 3605 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3606 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 3607 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3608 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 3609 the envelope From header. 3610 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 3611 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 3612 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 3613 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 3614 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 3615 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 3616 Portal Services, Inc. 3617 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 3618 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 3619 Sun Microsystems. 3620 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3621 New Files: 3622 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 3623 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 3624 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 3625 contrib/smcontrol.pl 3626 src/control.c 3627 36288.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 3629 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 3630 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 3631 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 3632 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 3633 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 3634 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 3635 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3636 Meteorological Institute. 3637 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 3638 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 3639 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3640 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 3641 installation commands. The man pages would still be 3642 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 3643 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3644 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 3645 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3646 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 3647 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 3648 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 3649 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 3650 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 3651 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 3652 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 3653 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 3654 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 3655 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 3656 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 3657 Flextech TV. 3658 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 3659 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 3660 DaveLtd Enterprises. 3661 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 3662 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 3663 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 3664 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 3665 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 3666 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 3667 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 3668 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 3669 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 3670 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 3671 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 3672 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 3673 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 3674 University. 3675 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 3676 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 3677 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 3678 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 3679 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 3680 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 3681 Portability: 3682 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 3683 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 3684 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 3685 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 3686 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 3687 of BSDI. 3688 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 3689 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 3690 PICT Inc. 3691 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 3692 J. P. McCann of E I A. 3693 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 3694 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 3695 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 3696 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 3697 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 3698 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3699 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 3700 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 3701 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3702 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 3703 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 3704 would not accept @@hostname. 3705 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 3706 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 3707 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 3708 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 3709 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3710 New Files: 3711 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 3712 37138.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 3714 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 3715 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 3716 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 3717 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 3718 which need the ability to override security can use the 3719 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 3720 information. 3721 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 3722 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 3723 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 3724 world writable directories. 3725 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 3726 it is in a world writable directory. 3727 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 3728 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 3729 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 3730 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3731 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3732 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 3733 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 3734 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 3735 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 3736 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 3737 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 3738 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 3739 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 3740 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 3741 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 3742 default. 3743 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 3744 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 3745 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 3746 the University of Maryland. 3747 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 3748 of Cal State University, Chico. 3749 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 3750 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 3751 current version of Berkeley DB. 3752 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 3753 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3754 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 3755 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 3756 of Maryland. 3757 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 3758 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 3759 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 3760 Microsystems. 3761 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 3762 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 3763 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 3764 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 3765 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 3766 mail.local on the F=z flag. 3767 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 3768 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 3769 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 3770 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 3771 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 3772 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 3773 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 3774 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3775 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3776 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 3777 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 3778 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 3779 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3780 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 3781 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 3782 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 3783 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 3784 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 3785 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 3786 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 3787 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 3788 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 3789 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 3790 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 3791 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 3792 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 3793 relaying entirely. 3794 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 3795 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 3796 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 3797 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 3798 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 3799 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 3800 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 3801 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3802 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 3803 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 3804 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 3805 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 3806 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3807 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 3808 sender for those failures. 3809 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 3810 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 3811 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 3812 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 3813 of Ericsson. 3814 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 3815 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 3816 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3817 of Procter & Gamble. 3818 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 3819 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 3820 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3821 of Procter & Gamble. 3822 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 3823 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 3824 of system security. This should only be used if you are 3825 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 3826 DontBlameSendmail options are: 3827 Safe 3828 AssumeSafeChown 3829 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 3830 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 3831 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 3832 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 3833 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 3834 GroupWritableAliasFile 3835 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 3836 WorldWritableAliasFile 3837 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 3838 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 3839 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 3840 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 3841 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 3842 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 3843 MapInUnsafeDirPath 3844 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 3845 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 3846 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 3847 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 3848 LinkedMapInWritableDir 3849 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 3850 FileDeliveryToHardLink 3851 FileDeliveryToSymLink 3852 WriteMapToHardLink 3853 WriteMapToSymLink 3854 WriteStatsToHardLink 3855 WriteStatsToSymLink 3856 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 3857 RunWritableProgram 3858 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 3859 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 3860 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 3861 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 3862 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 3863 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 3864 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 3865 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 3866 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 3867 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 3868 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 3869 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 3870 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 3871 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 3872 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 3873 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 3874 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 3875 contrast to the success case). 3876 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 3877 of the form: 3878 HHeader: $>Ruleset 3879 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 3880 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 3881 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 3882 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 3883 from hiding their connection information in Received: 3884 headers. 3885 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 3886 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 3887 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 3888 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 3889 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 3890 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 3891 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 3892 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 3893 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 3894 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 3895 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 3896 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 3897 remote identity can be queried. 3898 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 3899 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 3900 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 3901 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3902 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 3903 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 3904 some of the details are determined dynamically via 3905 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 3906 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 3907 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 3908 the new Build method which creates an operating system 3909 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 3910 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 3911 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 3912 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 3913 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 3914 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 3915 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3916 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 3917 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 3918 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 3919 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 3920 This means that even if only one of the recipients 3921 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 3922 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 3923 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 3924 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 3925 of CNET: The Computer Network. 3926 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 3927 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 3928 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3929 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 3930 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 3931 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 3932 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 3933 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 3934 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 3935 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 3936 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 3937 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 3938 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3939 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 3940 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 3941 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3942 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 3943 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 3944 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 3945 Institute. 3946 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 3947 mail.local. 3948 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 3949 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 3950 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 3951 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 3952 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 3953 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3954 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 3955 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 3956 of InfoBeat, Inc. 3957 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 3958 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 3959 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 3960 mailstats command. 3961 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 3962 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 3963 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 3964 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 3965 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 3966 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 3967 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3968 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 3969 Ericsson. 3970 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 3971 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 3972 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 3973 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 3974 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 3975 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 3976 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 3977 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 3978 Stratus Computer, Inc. 3979 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 3980 currently supported version. 3981 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 3982 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 3983 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 3984 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 3985 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 3986 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3987 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 3988 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 3989 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 3990 message in error bounces. 3991 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 3992 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 3993 Digital Equipment Corporation. 3994 Portability: 3995 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 3996 of Kyoto University. 3997 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 3998 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 3999 Maryland. 4000 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 4001 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 4002 in Finland. 4003 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 4004 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4005 the University of Maryland. 4006 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 4007 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 4008 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4009 Meteorological Institute. 4010 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 4011 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 4012 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 4013 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 4014 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 4015 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 4016 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 4017 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 4018 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 4019 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 4020 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 4021 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4022 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 4023 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 4024 Microsystems. 4025 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 4026 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 4027 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 4028 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 4029 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 4030 directory for certain programs. 4031 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 4032 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 4033 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 4034 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 4035 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 4036 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 4037 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 4038 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 4039 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 4040 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 4041 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 4042 the user to setup different .forward files for 4043 user+detail addressing. 4044 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 4045 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 4046 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 4047 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 4048 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 4049 outside your domain). 4050 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 4051 any site to any site. 4052 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 4053 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 4054 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 4055 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 4056 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 4057 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 4058 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 4059 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 4060 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 4061 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 4062 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 4063 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 4064 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 4065 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 4066 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 4067 host names only. 4068 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 4069 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 4070 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 4071 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 4072 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 4073 needed for most installations. 4074 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 4075 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 4076 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 4077 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4078 the University of Maryland. 4079 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 4080 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 4081 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 4082 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 4083 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 4084 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 4085 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 4086 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 4087 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 4088 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 4089 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 4090 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 4091 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 4092 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 4093 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 4094 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 4095 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 4096 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 4097 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 4098 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 4099 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 4100 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 4101 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 4102 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 4103 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 4104 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 4105 above for more information. 4106 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 4107 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4108 Meteorological Institute. 4109 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 4110 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 4111 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 4112 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 4113 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4114 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 4115 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 4116 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 4117 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 4118 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 4119 MustQuoteChars respectively. 4120 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 4121 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 4122 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 4123 CMU (now of Netscape). 4124 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 4125 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 4126 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 4127 read mail.local/README. 4128 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 4129 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 4130 University of Maryland. 4131 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 4132 University, Chico. 4133 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4134 Meteorological Institute. 4135 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 4136 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 4137 University of Maryland. 4138 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 4139 such as linked files in world writable directories. 4140 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 4141 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 4142 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 4143 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 4144 Braunschweig. 4145 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 4146 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 4147 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4148 Changed Files: 4149 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 4150 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 4151 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 4152 New Files: 4153 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 4154 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 4155 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 4156 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 4157 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 4158 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 4159 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 4160 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 4161 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 4162 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 4163 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 4164 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 4165 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 4166 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 4167 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 4168 BuildTools/OS/QNX 4169 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 4170 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 4171 BuildTools/README 4172 BuildTools/Site/README 4173 BuildTools/bin/Build 4174 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 4175 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 4176 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 4177 Makefile 4178 cf/cf/Build 4179 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 4180 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 4181 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 4182 cf/feature/access_db.m4 4183 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 4184 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 4185 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 4186 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 4187 cf/feature/rbl.m4 4188 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 4189 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 4190 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 4191 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 4192 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 4193 contrib/doublebounce.pl 4194 mail.local/Build 4195 mail.local/Makefile.m4 4196 mail.local/README 4197 mailstats/Build 4198 mailstats/Makefile.m4 4199 makemap/Build 4200 makemap/Makefile.m4 4201 praliases/Build 4202 praliases/Makefile.m4 4203 rmail/Build 4204 rmail/Makefile.m4 4205 rmail/rmail.0 4206 smrsh/Build 4207 smrsh/Makefile.m4 4208 src/Build 4209 src/Makefile.m4 4210 src/snprintf.c 4211 Deleted Files: 4212 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 4213 mail.local/Makefile 4214 mail.local/Makefile.dist 4215 mailstats/Makefile 4216 mailstats/Makefile.dist 4217 makemap/Makefile 4218 makemap/Makefile.dist 4219 praliases/Makefile 4220 praliases/Makefile.dist 4221 rmail/Makefile 4222 smrsh/Makefile 4223 smrsh/Makefile.dist 4224 src/Makefile 4225 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 4226 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 4227 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 4228 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 4229 Renamed Files: 4230 READ_ME => README 4231 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 4232 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 4233 src/READ_ME => src/README 4234 42358.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 4236 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 4237 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4238 Meteorological Institute. 4239 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 4240 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 4241 Arseneault of SRI International. 4242 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 4243 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 4244 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4245 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 4246 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 4247 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 4248 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 4249 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 4250 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4251 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 4252 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 4253 River Systems. 4254 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 4255 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 4256 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 4257 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 4258 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4259 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 4260 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 4261 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 4262 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 4263 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 4264 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 4265 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 4266 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 4267 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4268 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4269 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 4270 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4271 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 4272 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 4273 results during a single message processing (but would 4274 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 4275 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 4276 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 4277 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4278 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4279 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 4280 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 4281 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4282 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4283 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 4284 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 4285 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 4286 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 4287 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 4288 and the inability to save a bounce message to 4289 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 4290 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 4291 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 4292 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 4293 Associates. 4294 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 4295 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 4296 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 4297 could cause confusing error messages. 4298 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 4299 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 4300 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 4301 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 4302 SuperNet, Inc. 4303 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 4304 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4305 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 4306 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4307 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4308 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 4309 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 4310 dropped. 4311 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 4312 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 4313 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4314 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 4315 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 4316 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 4317 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 4318 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4319 Institute. 4320 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 4321 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 4322 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 4323 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 4324 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 4325 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 4326 RUS University of Stuttgart. 4327 Minor lint fixes. 4328 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 4329 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 4330 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 4331 of Stanford University. 4332 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 4333 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 4334 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 4335 Portability: 4336 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 4337 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 4338 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 4339 Electronic Data Systems. 4340 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 4341 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 4342 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 4343 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 4344 loader environment variables into the loader memory 4345 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 4346 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 4347 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 4348 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 4349 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 4350 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 4351 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 4352 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 4353 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 4354 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 4355 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4356 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 4357 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4358 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 4359 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 4360 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 4361 Services. 4362 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 4363 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4364 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 4365 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 4366 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 4367 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 4368 Services VAS. 4369 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4370 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 4371 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 4372 Ericsson. 4373 43748.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 4375 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 4376 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 4377 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 4378 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 4379 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 4380 GmbH. 4381 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 4382 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 4383 of Technology, Stockholm. 4384 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 4385 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 4386 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 4387 that these routines are included as though they were in the 4388 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 4389 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 4390 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 4391 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 4392 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 4393 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 4394 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 4395 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 4396 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 4397 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 4398 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 4399 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 4400 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 4401 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 4402 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 4403 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 4404 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 4405 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 4406 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 4407 have to assume that the information is good. 4408 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 4409 open or locked. 4410 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 4411 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 4412 errors during testing. 4413 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 4414 printed in the error message. 4415 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 4416 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 4417 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 4418 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 4419 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 4420 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 4421 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 4422 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 4423 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 4424 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 4425 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 4426 runner runs during a critical section in another message 4427 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 4428 Results Computing. 4429 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 4430 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 4431 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 4432 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 4433 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4434 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 4435 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 4436 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 4437 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 4438 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 4439 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 4440 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 4441 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 4442 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 4443 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 4444 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 4445 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 4446 simultaneously. 4447 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 4448 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 4449 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 4450 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 4451 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4452 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 4453 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 4454 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 4455 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4456 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 4457 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 4458 CSU Chico. 4459 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 4460 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 4461 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 4462 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 4463 Portability: 4464 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 4465 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 4466 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 4467 be used instead. 4468 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 4469 of Argonne National Laboratory. 4470 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4471 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4472 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 4473 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 4474 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 4475 in Makefiles. 4476 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 4477 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 4478 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 4479 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 4480 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 4481 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 4482 NCR Corp. 4483 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 4484 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 4485 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 4486 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 4487 Resource Network 4488 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 4489 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 4490 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 4491 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 4492 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 4493 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 4494 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 4495 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 4496 Corp. 4497 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 4498 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 4499 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 4500 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 4501 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 4502 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 4503 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 4504 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 4505 PlainTalk. 4506 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 4507 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 4508 by Harry Styron. 4509 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 4510 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 4511 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 4512 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 4513 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 4514 changed after open". 4515 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 4516 files. 4517 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 4518 NEW FILES: 4519 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 4520 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 4521 test/t_exclopen.c 4522 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 4523 DELETED FILES: 4524 Makefile 4525 45268.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 4527 ************************************************************* 4528 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 4529 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 4530 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 4531 * continued sendmail development. * 4532 ************************************************************* 4533 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 4534 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 4535 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 4536 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 4537 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 4538 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 4539 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 4540 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 4541 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 4542 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 4543 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 4544 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 4545 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 4546 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 4547 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 4548 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 4549 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4550 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4551 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 4552 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 4553 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 4554 another database; this can be used either to expose 4555 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 4556 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 4557 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 4558 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 4559 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 4560 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 4561 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 4562 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 4563 system directories. 4564 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 4565 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 4566 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 4567 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 4568 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 4569 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 4570 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 4571 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 4572 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 4573 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 4574 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 4575 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 4576 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 4577 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 4578 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 4579 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 4580 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 4581 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 4582 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 4583 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 4584 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 4585 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 4586 NFS-mounted filesystems. 4587 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 4588 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 4589 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 4590 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 4591 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 4592 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 4593 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 4594 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 4595 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4596 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 4597 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4598 same host). 4599 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 4600 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 4601 from Theo de Raadt. 4602 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 4603 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 4604 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4605 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 4606 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 4607 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 4608 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 4609 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 4610 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4611 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 4612 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 4613 Microsystems. 4614 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 4615 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 4616 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4617 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 4618 too large) don't send the bogus message. 4619 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 4620 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 4621 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4622 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 4623 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 4624 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 4625 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 4626 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 4627 Shapiro. 4628 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 4629 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 4630 Sun Microsystems. 4631 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 4632 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 4633 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 4634 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 4635 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 4636 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 4637 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 4638 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 4639 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 4640 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 4641 Mercury Mail. 4642 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 4643 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 4644 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 4645 Morgan Stanley. 4646 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 4647 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 4648 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 4649 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4650 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 4651 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 4652 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 4653 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 4654 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 4655 not be run. 4656 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 4657 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 4658 printing. 4659 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 4660 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 4661 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4662 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 4663 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 4664 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 4665 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 4666 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 4667 erroneous results during a single message processing 4668 (but would recover when the next message was received). 4669 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 4670 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 4671 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 4672 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 4673 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 4674 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 4675 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 4676 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 4677 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 4678 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 4679 address as "may be forged". 4680 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 4681 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 4682 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 4683 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 4684 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 4685 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 4686 of TwinCom. 4687 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 4688 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 4689 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 4690 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 4691 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 4692 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 4693 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 4694 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 4695 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4696 Institute. 4697 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 4698 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 4699 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 4700 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 4701 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 4702 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 4703 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 4704 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 4705 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 4706 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 4707 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 4708 book (2nd edition). 4709 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 4710 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 4711 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 4712 John Beck of SunSoft. 4713 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 4714 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 4715 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 4716 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 4717 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 4718 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 4719 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 4720 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 4721 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 4722 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 4723 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 4724 returns. 4725 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 4726 on some architectures. 4727 Portability: 4728 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 4729 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 4730 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 4731 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 4732 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 4733 of Washington. 4734 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 4735 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 4736 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4737 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 4738 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 4739 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 4740 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 4741 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 4742 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 4743 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4744 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 4745 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 4746 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 4747 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 4748 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 4749 Cambridge. 4750 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 4751 Kari Hurtta. 4752 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 4753 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 4754 IRIX Makefile). 4755 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 4756 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4757 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 4758 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 4759 Brian Candler. 4760 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 4761 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 4762 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4763 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 4764 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 4765 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4766 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 4767 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 4768 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 4769 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 4770 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 4771 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4772 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 4773 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 4774 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 4775 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 4776 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 4777 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 4778 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 4779 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4780 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 4781 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 4782 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 4783 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 4784 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 4785 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 4786 was specified, even when it wasn't. 4787 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 4788 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 4789 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 4790 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 4791 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 4792 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 4793 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 4794 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 4795 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 4796 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 4797 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 4798 developers). 4799 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 4800 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 4801 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4802 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 4803 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 4804 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 4805 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 4806 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 4807 NEXTSTEP. 4808 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 4809 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 4810 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 4811 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 4812 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4813 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 4814 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 4815 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 4816 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 4817 for system accounts. 4818 NEW FILES: 4819 src/safefile.c 4820 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 4821 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 4822 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 4823 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 4824 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 4825 RENAMED FILES: 4826 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 4827 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 4828 48298.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 4830 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 4831 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 4832 even if RunAsUser is specified. 4833 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 4834 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 4835 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4836 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 4837 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 4838 University of Pennsylvania. 4839 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 4840 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 4841 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 4842 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 4843 was unnecessarily awful. 4844 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 4845 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 4846 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 4847 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 4848 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 4849 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 4850 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 4851 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 4852 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4853 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 4854 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4855 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 4856 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 4857 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4858 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 4859 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 4860 Semiconductor Corp. 4861 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 4862 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 4863 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 4864 at Austin. 4865 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 4866 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 4867 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 4868 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 4869 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 4870 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 4871 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 4872 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 4873 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 4874 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 4875 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 4876 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 4877 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 4878 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 4879 Costales. 4880 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 4881 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 4882 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 4883 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 4884 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 4885 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 4886 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 4887 The current values and defaults are: 4888 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 4889 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 4890 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 4891 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 4892 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 4893 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 4894 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 4895 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 4896 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 4897 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 4898 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 4899 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 4900 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 4901 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 4902 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 4903 Eric Hagberg. 4904 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 4905 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 4906 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 4907 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 4908 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 4909 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 4910 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 4911 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4912 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 4913 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 4914 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 4915 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 4916 Communications. 4917 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 4918 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 4919 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 4920 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4921 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 4922 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 4923 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 4924 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 4925 PORTABILITY: 4926 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 4927 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 4928 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 4929 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 4930 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4931 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 4932 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 4933 (Moscow). 4934 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 4935 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 4936 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 4937 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 4938 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 4939 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 4940 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 4941 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 4942 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 4943 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 4944 Received: line. 4945 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 4946 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 4947 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 4948 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 4949 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 4950 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 4951 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 4952 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 4953 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 4954 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 4955 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 4956 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 4957 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 4958 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 4959 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 4960 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 4961 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 4962 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 4963 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 4964 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 4965 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4966 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 4967 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 4968 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 4969 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 4970 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 4971 Long Beach. 4972 49738.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 4974 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 4975 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 4976 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 4977 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 4978 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 4979 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 4980 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 4981 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 4982 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 4983 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 4984 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 4985 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 4986 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 4987 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 4988 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 4989 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 4990 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 4991 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 4992 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4993 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 4994 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 4995 Problem noted by several people. 4996 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 4997 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 4998 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 4999 by several people. 5000 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 5001 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 5002 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 5003 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 5004 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 5005 of Best Internet Communications. 5006 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 5007 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 5008 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 5009 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 5010 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 5011 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 5012 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 5013 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 5014 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 5015 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 5016 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 5017 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 5018 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5019 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 5020 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 5021 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 5022 by Roy Mongiovi. 5023 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 5024 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5025 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 5026 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 5027 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 5028 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 5029 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 5030 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 5031 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 5032 of Kyoto University. 5033 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 5034 conditions from Don Lewis. 5035 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 5036 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 5037 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 5038 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 5039 patch from Bryan Costales. 5040 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5041 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 5042 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 5043 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 5044 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 5045 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 5046 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 5047 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 5048 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 5049 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 5050 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 5051 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 5052 of Tokyo. 5053 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 5054 Services, Inc. 5055 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 5056 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 5057 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 5058 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 5059 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 5060 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 5061 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 5062 than one long one. By popular demand. 5063 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 5064 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 5065 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 5066 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 5067 of NTT Software Corporation. 5068 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 5069 NEW FILES: 5070 contrib/etrn.pl 5071 50728.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 5073 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 5074 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 5075 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 5076 best-of-security list. 5077 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 5078 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 5079 should make it clearer to people that they are running 5080 the wrong binary. 5081 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 5082 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 5083 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 5084 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 5085 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 5086 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 5087 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 5088 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 5089 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5090 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 5091 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5092 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 5093 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 5094 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 5095 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 5096 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 5097 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 5098 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 5099 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 5100 Eric Wassenaar. 5101 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 5102 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 5103 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 5104 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 5105 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 5106 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 5107 UUNET. 5108 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 5109 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 5110 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 5111 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 5112 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 5113 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 5114 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 5115 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 5116 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 5117 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 5118 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5119 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 5120 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 5121 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 5122 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 5123 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 5124 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 5125 University of Linkoping. 5126 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 5127 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 5128 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 5129 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 5130 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 5131 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 5132 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 5133 other end. 5134 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 5135 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 5136 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 5137 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 5138 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 5139 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 5140 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5141 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5142 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 5143 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 5144 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 5145 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 5146 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 5147 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 5148 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 5149 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 5150 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 5151 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 5152 The outline of the implementation was contributed 5153 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 5154 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 5155 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 5156 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 5157 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 5158 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 5159 Earickson of Colby College. 5160 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 5161 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 5162 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 5163 Kari Hurtta. 5164 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 5165 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 5166 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 5167 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 5168 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 5169 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 5170 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5171 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 5172 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 5173 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 5174 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 5175 University of Washington, Seattle. 5176 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 5177 Polytechnic Institute. 5178 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 5179 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 5180 NEW FILES: 5181 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 5182 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 5183 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 5184 51858.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 5186 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 5187 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 5188 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5189 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 5190 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 5191 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 5192 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 5193 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 5194 CONFIG: no changes. 5195 51968.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 5197 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 5198 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 5199 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 5200 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 5201 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 5202 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 5203 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 5204 of WPI. 5205 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 5206 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 5207 Kyoto University. 5208 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 5209 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 5210 on illegal host names. 5211 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 5212 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 5213 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 5214 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 5215 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 5216 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 5217 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 5218 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 5219 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5220 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 5221 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 5222 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 5223 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 5224 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 5225 University of Leicester. 5226 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 5227 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 5228 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 5229 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 5230 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 5231 University of Washington. 5232 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5233 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 5234 people pointed this out. 5235 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 5236 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 5237 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 5238 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 5239 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 5240 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 5241 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 5242 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 5243 Softec. 5244 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 5245 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5246 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 5247 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 5248 52498.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 5250 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 5251 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 5252 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 5253 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 5254 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 5255 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 5256 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 5257 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 5258 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 5259 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 5260 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 5261 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 5262 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 5263 NSC (Japan). 5264 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 5265 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 5266 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5267 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 5268 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 5269 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 5270 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 5271 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 5272 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 5273 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 5274 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 5275 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 5276 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 5277 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 5278 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 5279 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 5280 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 5281 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 5282 printout. 5283 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 5284 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 5285 square braces. 5286 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 5287 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 5288 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 5289 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 5290 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 5291 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 5292 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5293 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 5294 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 5295 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 5296 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5297 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 5298 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 5299 Dandelion Digital. 5300 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 5301 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 5302 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 5303 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 5304 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 5305 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 5306 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 5307 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5308 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 5309 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 5310 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 5311 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 5312 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 5313 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 5314 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 5315 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 5316 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 5317 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 5318 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 5319 mailers. 5320 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 5321 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 5322 Myers of CMU. 5323 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 5324 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 5325 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 5326 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 5327 there should be no security implications. Implementation 5328 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 5329 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 5330 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 5331 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 5332 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 5333 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 5334 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 5335 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 5336 parameter. 5337 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 5338 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 5339 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 5340 University of Maryland. 5341 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 5342 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 5343 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 5344 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 5345 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 5346 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 5347 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 5348 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 5349 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 5350 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 5351 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 5352 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 5353 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 5354 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 5355 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 5356 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 5357 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 5358 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 5359 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 5360 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 5361 section 5.2.5. 5362 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 5363 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 5364 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 5365 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 5366 is for incoming connections only. 5367 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 5368 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 5369 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 5370 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 5371 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 5372 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 5373 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 5374 (e.g., due to connection caching). 5375 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 5376 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 5377 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 5378 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 5379 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 5380 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 5381 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 5382 that take a very long time to run. 5383 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 5384 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 5385 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 5386 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 5387 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 5388 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5389 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 5390 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 5391 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5392 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 5393 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 5394 Costales. 5395 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 5396 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 5397 Technologies, Inc. 5398 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 5399 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 5400 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 5401 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 5402 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 5403 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 5404 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 5405 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 5406 different for this case. 5407 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 5408 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 5409 of Stanford University. 5410 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 5411 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 5412 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 5413 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5414 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 5415 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 5416 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 5417 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 5418 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 5419 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5420 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 5421 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 5422 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 5423 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 5424 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 5425 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 5426 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 5427 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 5428 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 5429 Pasteur Institute. 5430 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 5431 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 5432 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 5433 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 5434 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 5435 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 5436 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 5437 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 5438 canonification. 5439 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 5440 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 5441 mailers. 5442 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 5443 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 5444 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 5445 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 5446 either of these in their configuration file. 5447 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 5448 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 5449 St. Peter's College. 5450 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 5451 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 5452 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 5453 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 5454 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 5455 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5456 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 5457 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 5458 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 5459 Costales. 5460 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 5461 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 5462 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 5463 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 5464 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 5465 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 5466 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 5467 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 5468 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 5469 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 5470 in rulesets. 5471 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 5472 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 5473 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 5474 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 5475 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 5476 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 5477 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 5478 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 5479 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 5480 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 5481 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 5482 on that basis. 5483 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 5484 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 5485 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 5486 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 5487 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 5488 Vixie. 5489 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 5490 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 5491 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 5492 See also the src/READ_ME file. 5493 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 5494 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 5495 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 5496 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 5497 two characters $, +. 5498 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 5499 debug_dumpstate. 5500 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 5501 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 5502 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 5503 valid recipients. 5504 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 5505 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 5506 noted by Tom May. 5507 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 5508 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 5509 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 5510 Beck of InReference, Inc. 5511 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 5512 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 5513 Computing Corporation. 5514 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 5515 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 5516 Internet Communications. 5517 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 5518 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 5519 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 5520 of Lysator. 5521 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 5522 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 5523 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 5524 of the University of Iceland. 5525 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 5526 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 5527 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 5528 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 5529 this change is a no-op. 5530 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 5531 Costales. 5532 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 5533 Bryan Costales. 5534 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 5535 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5536 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 5537 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5538 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 5539 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5540 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 5541 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 5542 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 5543 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5544 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 5545 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 5546 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 5547 Jones of UUNET. 5548 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 5549 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 5550 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5551 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 5552 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 5553 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 5554 easily determine what messages are to their role as 5555 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 5556 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 5557 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 5558 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 5559 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 5560 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 5561 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 5562 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 5563 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 5564 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 5565 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 5566 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 5567 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 5568 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 5569 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 5570 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 5571 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 5572 of Stanford University. 5573 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 5574 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 5575 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 5576 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 5577 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 5578 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 5579 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 5580 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 5581 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 5582 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 5583 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 5584 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 5585 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5586 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 5587 Motonori Nakamura. 5588 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 5589 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 5590 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 5591 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 5592 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 5593 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 5594 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 5595 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 5596 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 5597 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 5598 value is ".hoststat". 5599 There are also two new operation modes: 5600 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 5601 connections. 5602 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 5603 recent status information. 5604 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 5605 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 5606 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 5607 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 5608 framework is gratefully appreciated. 5609 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 5610 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 5611 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 5612 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 5613 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 5614 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 5615 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 5616 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 5617 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 5618 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 5619 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 5620 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 5621 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 5622 Costales. 5623 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 5624 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5625 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 5626 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 5627 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 5628 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5629 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 5630 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 5631 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 5632 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 5633 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 5634 Webmasters. 5635 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 5636 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 5637 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 5638 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 5639 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 5640 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 5641 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 5642 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 5643 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 5644 of Washington, Seattle. 5645 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 5646 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 5647 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 5648 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 5649 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 5650 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 5651 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 5652 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 5653 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 5654 Nakamura. 5655 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 5656 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 5657 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 5658 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 5659 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 5660 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 5661 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 5662 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 5663 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 5664 well constrained. 5665 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 5666 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 5667 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 5668 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 5669 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 5670 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 5671 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 5672 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 5673 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 5674 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 5675 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 5676 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 5677 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 5678 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 5679 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 5680 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 5681 Wolfhugel. 5682 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 5683 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 5684 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 5685 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 5686 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 5687 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 5688 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5689 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 5690 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 5691 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 5692 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 5693 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 5694 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 5695 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 5696 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 5697 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 5698 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 5699 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 5700 National University of Singapore. 5701 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 5702 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 5703 system can't cope with. 5704 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5705 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 5706 Atlas International. 5707 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 5708 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 5709 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 5710 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 5711 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 5712 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 5713 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 5714 Bernstein and Associates. 5715 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 5716 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 5717 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 5718 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 5719 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 5720 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 5721 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 5722 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 5723 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 5724 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 5725 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 5726 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 5727 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 5728 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5729 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 5730 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5731 Institute. 5732 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 5733 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 5734 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 5735 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 5736 Employment Standards Administration. 5737 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 5738 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 5739 Jr. 5740 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 5741 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 5742 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 5743 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 5744 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 5745 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 5746 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 5747 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 5748 of the University of Arizona. 5749 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 5750 Vanderbilt University. 5751 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 5752 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 5753 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 5754 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5755 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 5756 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 5757 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 5758 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 5759 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 5760 Foundation. 5761 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 5762 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 5763 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 5764 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 5765 Myers of CMU. 5766 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 5767 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 5768 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 5769 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 5770 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 5771 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 5772 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 5773 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 5774 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 5775 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 5776 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 5777 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 5778 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 5779 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 5780 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 5781 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 5782 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 5783 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5784 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 5785 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 5786 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 5787 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 5788 info@foo.com foo-info 5789 info@bar.com bar-info 5790 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 5791 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 5792 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 5793 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 5794 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 5795 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 5796 a great many people. 5797 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 5798 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 5799 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 5800 "fax" mailer. 5801 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 5802 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 5803 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 5804 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 5805 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 5806 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 5807 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 5808 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 5809 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 5810 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 5811 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 5812 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 5813 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 5814 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 5815 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 5816 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 5817 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 5818 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 5819 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 5820 of WPI. 5821 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 5822 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 5823 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5824 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 5825 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 5826 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 5827 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 5828 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 5829 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 5830 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5831 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 5832 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 5833 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 5834 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 5835 by Andreas Luik. 5836 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 5837 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 5838 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5839 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 5840 Wolfhugel. 5841 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 5842 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 5843 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 5844 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 5845 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 5846 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 5847 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 5848 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 5849 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 5850 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 5851 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 5852 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 5853 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 5854 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 5855 Costales. 5856 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 5857 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 5858 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 5859 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 5860 NEW FILES: 5861 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 5862 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 5863 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 5864 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 5865 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 5866 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 5867 mailstats/mailstats.8 5868 praliases/praliases.8 5869 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 5870 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 5871 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 5872 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 5873 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 5874 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 5875 cf/ostype/altos.m4 5876 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 5877 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 5878 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 5879 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 5880 DELETED FILES: 5881 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 5882 contrib/xla/README 5883 contrib/xla/xla.c 5884 RENAMED FILES: 5885 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 5886 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 5887 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 5888 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 5889 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 5890 58918.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 5892 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 5893 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 5894 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 5895 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 5896 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 5897 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 5898 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 5899 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 5900 59018.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 5902 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 5903 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 5904 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 5905 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 5906 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 5907 and others. 5908 59098.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 5910 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 5911 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 5912 any user (except root). 5913 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 5914 version number is unchanged. 5915 59168.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 5917 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 5918 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 5919 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5920 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 5921 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 5922 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 5923 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 5924 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 5925 Costales. 5926 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5927 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 5928 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 5929 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 5930 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 5931 Stanford University. 5932 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 5933 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5934 59358.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 5936 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 5937 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 5938 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 5939 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 5940 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 5941 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 5942 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 5943 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 5944 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 5945 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 5946 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 5947 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 5948 by Kari Hurtta. 5949 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 5950 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 5951 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 5952 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 5953 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 5954 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 5955 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 5956 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 5957 bounces when it should have requeued. 5958 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 5959 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 5960 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 5961 John Hawkinson of Panix. 5962 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 5963 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 5964 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 5965 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 5966 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 5967 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 5968 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 5969 Infobiogen. 5970 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 5971 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 5972 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 5973 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 5974 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 5975 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 5976 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 5977 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 5978 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 5979 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 5980 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 5981 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 5982 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 5983 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 5984 underscores. 5985 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 5986 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 5987 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 5988 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 5989 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 5990 included even if the user did not request success notification, 5991 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 5992 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 5993 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 5994 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 5995 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 5996 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 5997 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 5998 Costales of ICSI. 5999 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 6000 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 6001 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 6002 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 6003 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 6004 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 6005 Technological University. 6006 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 6007 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 6008 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 6009 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6010 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 6011 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 6012 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 6013 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 6014 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 6015 to have the database format of the alias files without the 6016 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 6017 Inc. 6018 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 6019 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 6020 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 6021 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 6022 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 6023 University. 6024 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 6025 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 6026 Association for Progressive Communications. 6027 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 6028 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 6029 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 6030 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 6031 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 6032 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 6033 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 6034 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 6035 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 6036 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 6037 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 6038 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 6039 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 6040 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 6041 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 6042 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 6043 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 6044 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 6045 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6046 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 6047 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 6048 James B. Davis of TCI. 6049 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 6050 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6051 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 6052 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 6053 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 6054 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 6055 isn't supported on all compilers. 6056 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 6057 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 6058 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 6059 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 6060 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 6061 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 6062 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 6063 (France). 6064 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 6065 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 6066 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 6067 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 6068 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 6069 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 6070 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 6071 for different files. 6072 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 6073 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 6074 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6075 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 6076 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 6077 changes). 6078 60798.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 6080 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 6081 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 6082 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 6083 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6084 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 6085 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 6086 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 6087 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 6088 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 6089 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6090 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 6091 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 6092 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 6093 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 6094 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 6095 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 6096 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 6097 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 6098 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 6099 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 6100 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 6101 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 6102 results. This could have security implications. 6103 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 6104 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 6105 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 6106 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 6107 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 6108 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 6109 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 6110 Elz. 6111 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 6112 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 6113 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 6114 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 6115 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 6116 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 6117 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 6118 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 6119 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 6120 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 6121 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 6122 domain names are your friends. 6123 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 6124 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 6125 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 6126 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 6127 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 6128 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 6129 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 6130 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 6131 of TerraNet. 6132 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 6133 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 6134 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 6135 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 6136 of WPI. 6137 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6138 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 6139 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 6140 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 6141 file and SGI standards. From Andre 6142 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 6143 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 6144 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 6145 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 6146 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 6147 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 6148 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 6149 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 6150 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 6151 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6152 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 6153 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 6154 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6155 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 6156 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 6157 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 6158 Infobiogen (France). 6159 NEW FILES: 6160 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6161 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6162 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 6163 61648.7/8.7 1995/09/16 6165 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 6166 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 6167 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 6168 Global Communications. 6169 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 6170 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 6171 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 6172 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 6173 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 6174 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 6175 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6176 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 6177 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 6178 can be confusing. 6179 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 6180 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 6181 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 6182 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 6183 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 6184 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 6185 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 6186 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 6187 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 6188 Maryland. 6189 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 6190 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 6191 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 6192 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 6193 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6194 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 6195 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 6196 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 6197 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 6198 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 6199 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 6200 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6201 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 6202 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 6203 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 6204 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6205 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 6206 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 6207 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 6208 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 6209 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 6210 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 6211 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 6212 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 6213 Swarthmore University. 6214 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 6215 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 6216 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 6217 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 6218 ruleset. 6219 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 6220 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 6221 -d debug flag. 6222 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 6223 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 6224 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 6225 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 6226 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 6227 and the parsed address. 6228 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 6229 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 6230 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 6231 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 6232 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 6233 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 6234 recipients. 6235 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 6236 return the result. 6237 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 6238 `mapname' and return the result. 6239 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 6240 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 6241 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 6242 the header for envelope sender information and uses 6243 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 6244 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 6245 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 6246 that functionality. 6247 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 6248 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 6249 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 6250 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 6251 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 6252 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 6253 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 6254 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 6255 of Michigan Technological University. 6256 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 6257 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 6258 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 6259 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 6260 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 6261 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 6262 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 6263 or not. 6264 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 6265 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 6266 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 6267 the error message. It was especially weird because it 6268 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 6269 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 6270 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 6271 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 6272 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 6273 should have minimal impact on external function. 6274 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 6275 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 6276 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 6277 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 6278 7 SevenBitInput 6279 8 EightBitMode 6280 A AliasFile 6281 a AliasWait 6282 B BlankSub 6283 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 6284 C CheckpointInterval 6285 c HoldExpensive 6286 D AutoRebuildAliases 6287 d DeliveryMode 6288 E ErrorHeader 6289 e ErrorMode 6290 f SaveFromLine 6291 F TempFileMode 6292 G MatchGECOS 6293 H HelpFile 6294 h MaxHopCount 6295 i IgnoreDots 6296 I ResolverOptions 6297 J ForwardPath 6298 j SendMimeErrors 6299 k ConnectionCacheSize 6300 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 6301 L LogLevel 6302 l UseErrorsTo 6303 m MeToo 6304 n CheckAliases 6305 O DaemonPortOptions 6306 o OldStyleHeaders 6307 P PostmasterCopy 6308 p PrivacyOptions 6309 Q QueueDirectory 6310 q QueueFactor 6311 R DontPruneRoutes 6312 r, T Timeout 6313 S StatusFile 6314 s SuperSafe 6315 t TimeZoneSpec 6316 u DefaultUser 6317 U UserDatabaseSpec 6318 V FallbackMXHost 6319 v Verbose 6320 w TryNullMXList 6321 x QueueLA 6322 X RefuseLA 6323 Y ForkEachJob 6324 y RecipientFactor 6325 z ClassFactor 6326 Z RetryFactor 6327 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 6328 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 6329 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 6330 $l UnixFromLine 6331 $o OperatorChars 6332 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 6333 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 6334 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 6335 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 6336 specify "V6" in the configuration. 6337 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 6338 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 6339 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 6340 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 6341 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 6342 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 6343 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 6344 This requires config file support to get right. It does 6345 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 6346 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6347 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 6348 A Addresses are aliasable. 6349 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 6350 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 6351 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 6352 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 6353 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 6354 recipient mailer flags. 6355 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 6356 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 6357 delivery. 6358 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 6359 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 6360 : Check for :include: on this address. 6361 | Check for |program on this address. 6362 / Check for /file on this address. 6363 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 6364 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 6365 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 6366 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 6367 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 6368 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 6369 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6370 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 6371 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 6372 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 6373 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 6374 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 6375 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 6376 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 6377 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 6378 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 6379 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 6380 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 6381 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 6382 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 6383 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 6384 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 6385 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 6386 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 6387 (essentially, the full MIME option). 6388 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 6389 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 6390 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 6391 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 6392 flag is ignored. 6393 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 6394 the setting of F=8. 6395 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 6396 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 6397 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 6398 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 6399 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 6400 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 6401 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 6402 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 6403 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 6404 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 6405 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 6406 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 6407 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 6408 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 6409 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 6410 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 6411 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 6412 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 6413 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 6414 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 6415 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 6416 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 6417 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 6418 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 6419 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 6420 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 6421 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 6422 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 6423 Unicom. 6424 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 6425 fashion as the U= mailer option. 6426 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 6427 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 6428 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 6429 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 6430 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 6431 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 6432 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 6433 from Chip Rosenthal. 6434 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 6435 For example, 6436 O Timeout.helo = 2m 6437 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 6438 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 6439 set them both the preferred new syntax is 6440 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 6441 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 6442 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 6443 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 6444 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 6445 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 6446 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 6447 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 6448 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 6449 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 6450 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 6451 contribution was to make it configurable). 6452 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 6453 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 6454 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 6455 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 6456 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 6457 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 6458 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 6459 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 6460 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 6461 I/O redirection. 6462 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 6463 can be confusing. 6464 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 6465 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 6466 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 6467 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 6468 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 6469 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 6470 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 6471 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 6472 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 6473 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 6474 queue-only. 6475 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 6476 :include: and .forward files. 6477 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 6478 key field name, the value field name, and the field 6479 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 6480 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 6481 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 6482 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 6483 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6484 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 6485 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 6486 Sun Microsystems. 6487 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 6488 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 6489 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 6490 Hutton of Indiana University. 6491 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 6492 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 6493 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 6494 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 6495 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 6496 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6497 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 6498 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 6499 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 6500 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 6501 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 6502 as comments. 6503 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 6504 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 6505 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 6506 are from sysexits.h. 6507 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 6508 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 6509 Kmap1 ... 6510 Kmap2 ... 6511 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 6512 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 6513 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 6514 map2 is searched and the value returned. 6515 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 6516 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 6517 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 6518 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 6519 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 6520 For example, if the declaration of the map is 6521 Ksample switch hosts 6522 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 6523 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 6524 equivalent to 6525 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 6526 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 6527 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 6528 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 6529 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 6530 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 6531 the -m (matchonly) flag. 6532 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 6533 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 6534 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 6535 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 6536 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 6537 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 6538 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 6539 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 6540 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 6541 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 6542 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 6543 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 6544 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 6545 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 6546 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 6547 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 6548 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 6549 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 6550 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 6551 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 6552 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 6553 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 6554 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 6555 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 6556 an /etc/hosts entry reads 6557 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 6558 this change will use the second name as the canonical 6559 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 6560 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 6561 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 6562 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 6563 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 6564 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 6565 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 6566 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 6567 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 6568 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 6569 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 6570 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 6571 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 6572 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 6573 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 6574 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 6575 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 6576 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 6577 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 6578 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 6579 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 6580 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 6581 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 6582 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 6583 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 6584 much longer than the specified timeout. 6585 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 6586 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 6587 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 6588 denial-of-service attack. 6589 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 6590 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 6591 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6592 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 6593 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 6594 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 6595 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 6596 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 6597 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 6598 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 6599 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 6600 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 6601 actually file lookups. 6602 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 6603 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 6604 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 6605 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 6606 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 6607 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 6608 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 6609 support for them has been removed. 6610 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 6611 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 6612 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 6613 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 6614 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 6615 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 6616 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 6617 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 6618 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 6619 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6620 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 6621 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 6622 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 6623 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 6624 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 6625 also improves the connection cache utilization. 6626 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 6627 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 6628 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 6629 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 6630 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 6631 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 6632 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 6633 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 6634 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 6635 Microsystems. 6636 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 6637 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 6638 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 6639 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 6640 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 6641 option can give the network software time to establish 6642 the link. The default units are seconds. 6643 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 6644 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 6645 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 6646 Defense Information Systems Agency. 6647 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 6648 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 6649 the National Computer Security Center. 6650 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 6651 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 6652 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 6653 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 6654 the mailprio scripts (see below). 6655 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 6656 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 6657 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 6658 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 6659 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 6660 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 6661 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 6662 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 6663 University Computing Service. 6664 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 6665 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 6666 the University of Kentucky. 6667 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 6668 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 6669 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 6670 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 6671 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 6672 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 6673 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 6674 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 6675 Corporation. 6676 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 6677 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 6678 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 6679 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 6680 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 6681 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 6682 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 6683 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 6684 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 6685 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 6686 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 6687 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 6688 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 6689 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 6690 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 6691 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 6692 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 6693 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 6694 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 6695 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 6696 Communications. 6697 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 6698 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 6699 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 6700 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 6701 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 6702 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 6703 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 6704 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 6705 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 6706 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 6707 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 6708 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6709 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 6710 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 6711 on values: 6712 None Leave the message as is. The 6713 message will be passed on even 6714 though it is in technically 6715 illegal syntax. 6716 Add-To Add a To: header with any 6717 recipients that it can find from 6718 the envelope. This risks exposing 6719 Bcc: recipients. 6720 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 6721 has almost no redeeming social value, 6722 and is provided only for back 6723 compatibility. 6724 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 6725 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 6726 which will have the effect of 6727 making the message legal without 6728 exposing Bcc: recipients. 6729 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 6730 There is a chance that mailers down 6731 the line will delete this header, 6732 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 6733 recipients. 6734 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 6735 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 6736 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 6737 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 6738 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 6739 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 6740 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 6741 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 6742 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 6743 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 6744 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 6745 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 6746 For example, if you run with 6747 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 6748 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 6749 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 6750 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 6751 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 6752 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 6753 entries. For example, given the aliases: 6754 list: member1 6755 list: member2 6756 and an alias file declared as: 6757 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 6758 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 6759 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 6760 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6761 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 6762 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 6763 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 6764 Johannesen. 6765 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 6766 to be simpler and more consistent. 6767 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 6768 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 6769 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 6770 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6771 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 6772 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 6773 This may affect some people who have written their own 6774 checkcompat() routine. 6775 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 6776 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 6777 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 6778 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 6779 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 6780 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 6781 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 6782 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 6783 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 6784 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 6785 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 6786 Corporation. 6787 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 6788 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 6789 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 6790 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 6791 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 6792 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 6793 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 6794 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 6795 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 6796 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 6797 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 6798 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 6799 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 6800 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 6801 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 6802 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 6803 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 6804 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 6805 the header. 6806 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6807 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 6808 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 6809 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 6810 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 6811 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 6812 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 6813 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 6814 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 6815 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 6816 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 6817 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 6818 is added between the first and second word of the first 6819 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 6820 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 6821 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 6822 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 6823 old sendmails understand. 6824 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 6825 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 6826 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 6827 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 6828 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 6829 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 6830 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 6831 data -- for example, 6832 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 6833 (romanized/less information) 6834 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 6835 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 6836 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 6837 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 6838 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 6839 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 6840 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 6841 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 6842 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 6843 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 6844 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 6845 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 6846 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 6847 Eric Prestemon of American University. 6848 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 6849 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 6850 increment on the background value). 6851 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 6852 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 6853 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 6854 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 6855 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 6856 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 6857 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 6858 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 6859 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 6860 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 6861 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 6862 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 6863 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 6864 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 6865 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 6866 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 6867 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 6868 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 6869 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 6870 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 6871 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 6872 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 6873 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 6874 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 6875 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 6876 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 6877 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 6878 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 6879 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 6880 service type is "files". 6881 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 6882 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 6883 into class "c". 6884 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 6885 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 6886 contributed by SunSoft. 6887 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 6888 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 6889 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 6890 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 6891 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 6892 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 6893 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 6894 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 6895 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 6896 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 6897 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 6898 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 6899 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 6900 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6901 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 6902 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 6903 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 6904 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 6905 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 6906 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 6907 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 6908 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 6909 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 6910 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 6911 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 6912 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6913 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 6914 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 6915 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 6916 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 6917 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 6918 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 6919 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 6920 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 6921 flags. 6922 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 6923 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 6924 Motonori Nakamura. 6925 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 6926 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 6927 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 6928 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 6929 of MIT. 6930 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 6931 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 6932 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 6933 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 6934 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 6935 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 6936 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 6937 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 6938 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 6939 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 6940 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 6941 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 6942 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 6943 the make. 6944 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 6945 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 6946 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 6947 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 6948 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 6949 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 6950 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 6951 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 6952 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 6953 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 6954 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 6955 of Sun Microsystems. 6956 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 6957 is at least 50% faster. 6958 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 6959 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 6960 University. 6961 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 6962 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6963 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 6964 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 6965 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 6966 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 6967 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 6968 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 6969 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 6970 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 6971 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 6972 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 6973 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 6974 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 6975 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 6976 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 6977 Carnegie Mellon. 6978 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 6979 support. 6980 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 6981 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 6982 Global Information Solutions. 6983 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 6984 From Motonori Nakamura. 6985 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 6986 Motonori Nakamura. 6987 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 6988 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 6989 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 6990 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 6991 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 6992 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 6993 James of British Telecom. 6994 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 6995 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 6996 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 6997 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 6998 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 6999 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 7000 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 7001 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 7002 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 7003 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 7004 a bad guy can read your private files. 7005 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7006 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 7007 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 7008 University. This expands the disk size 7009 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 7010 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 7011 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 7012 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 7013 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 7014 Linux Makefile typo. 7015 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 7016 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 7017 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 7018 University, Chico. 7019 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 7020 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 7021 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 7022 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 7023 This requires adaptation of code that really 7024 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 7025 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 7026 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 7027 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 7028 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 7029 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 7030 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 7031 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 7032 problems. 7033 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 7034 match all the other configuration files. Fix 7035 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 7036 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 7037 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 7038 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 7039 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 7040 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 7041 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 7042 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 7043 Wemm of DIALix. 7044 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 7045 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 7046 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 7047 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 7048 of Ohio State University. 7049 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 7050 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 7051 University. 7052 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 7053 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 7054 Mainz. 7055 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 7056 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 7057 wrong statfs call). 7058 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 7059 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 7060 University. 7061 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7062 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 7063 Rochester Medical Center. 7064 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 7065 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 7066 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 7067 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 7068 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 7069 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 7070 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 7071 Division. 7072 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 7073 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 7074 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 7075 Durand of I.M.A.G. 7076 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 7077 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 7078 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 7079 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 7080 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 7081 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 7082 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7083 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 7084 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 7085 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 7086 of Meteo France. 7087 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 7088 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 7089 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 7090 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 7091 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 7092 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 7093 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 7094 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 7095 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 7096 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 7097 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 7098 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 7099 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 7100 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 7101 of Colorado. 7102 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 7103 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 7104 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 7105 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 7106 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 7107 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 7108 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 7109 on the file, but it should be quite small. 7110 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 7111 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 7112 giving the local administrator more control over what 7113 programs can be run from sendmail. 7114 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 7115 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 7116 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 7117 never will. 7118 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 7119 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 7120 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 7121 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 7122 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 7123 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 7124 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 7125 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7126 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 7127 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 7128 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 7129 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 7130 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 7131 arbitrary directory -- use either: 7132 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7133 or 7134 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7135 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 7136 can use: 7137 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 7138 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 7139 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 7140 compatibility. 7141 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 7142 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 7143 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 7144 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7145 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 7146 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 7147 County. 7148 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 7149 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 7150 just unqualified ones. 7151 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 7152 was never used and didn't work anyway. 7153 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 7154 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 7155 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 7156 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 7157 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 7158 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 7159 centralized hub. 7160 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 7161 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 7162 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 7163 this is expected to be another sendmail. 7164 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 7165 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 7166 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 7167 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 7168 Rosenthal of Unicom. 7169 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 7170 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 7171 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 7172 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 7173 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 7174 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 7175 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 7176 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 7177 but it is a no-op. 7178 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 7179 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 7180 as User Unknown. 7181 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 7182 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 7183 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 7184 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 7185 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 7186 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 7187 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 7188 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 7189 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 7190 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 7191 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7192 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 7193 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 7194 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7195 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 7196 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 7197 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 7198 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 7199 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 7200 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 7201 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 7202 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 7203 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 7204 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 7205 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 7206 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 7207 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 7208 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 7209 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 7210 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 7211 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 7212 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 7213 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 7214 assumed. 7215 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 7216 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 7217 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 7218 Information Systems Agency. 7219 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 7220 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 7221 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 7222 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 7223 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 7224 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 7225 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 7226 that really can be used in the real world. 7227 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 7228 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 7229 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 7230 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 7231 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 7232 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 7233 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 7234 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 7235 by Scott Hutton. 7236 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 7237 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 7238 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 7239 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 7240 people. 7241 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 7242 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 7243 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 7244 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 7245 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 7246 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 7247 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 7248 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 7249 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 7250 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 7251 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 7252 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 7253 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 7254 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 7255 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 7256 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 7257 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 7258 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 7259 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 7260 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 7261 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 7262 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 7263 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 7264 by Kimmo Suominen. 7265 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 7266 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 7267 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 7268 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 7269 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7270 NEW FILES: 7271 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 7272 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 7273 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 7274 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 7275 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 7276 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 7277 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 7278 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 7279 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 7280 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 7281 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 7282 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 7283 cf/domain/generic.m4 7284 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 7285 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 7286 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 7287 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 7288 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 7289 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 7290 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 7291 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 7292 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 7293 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 7294 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 7295 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 7296 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 7297 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 7298 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 7299 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 7300 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 7301 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 7302 contrib/bsdi.mc 7303 contrib/mailprio 7304 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 7305 mail.local/mail.local.0 7306 makemap/makemap.0 7307 smrsh/README 7308 smrsh/smrsh.0 7309 smrsh/smrsh.8 7310 smrsh/smrsh.c 7311 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 7312 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 7313 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 7314 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 7315 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 7316 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 7317 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 7318 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 7319 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 7320 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 7321 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 7322 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 7323 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 7324 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 7325 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 7326 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 7327 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 7328 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 7329 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 7330 src/aliases.0 7331 src/mailq.0 7332 src/mime.c 7333 src/newaliases.0 7334 src/sendmail.0 7335 test/t_seteuid.c 7336 RENAMED FILES: 7337 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 7338 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 7339 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 7340 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 7341 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 7342 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 7343 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 7344 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 7345 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 7346 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7347 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7348 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7349 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 7350 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 7351 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 7352 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 7353 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 7354 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 7355 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 7356 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 7357 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 7358 OBSOLETED FILES: 7359 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 7360 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 7361 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 7362 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 7363 cf/cf/knecht.mc 7364 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 7365 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 7366 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 7367 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7368 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7369 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 7370 contrib/rcpt-streaming 7371 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7372 73738.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 7374 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7375 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7376 any user (except root). 7377 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7378 version number is unchanged. 7379 73808.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 7381 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 7382 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 7383 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 7384 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 7385 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 7386 each other!). 7387 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 7388 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 7389 than fork(). 7390 73918.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 7392 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 7393 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 7394 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 7395 message when attempted from IDENT. 7396 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 7397 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 7398 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 7399 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 7400 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 7401 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 7402 partial lines. 7403 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 7404 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 7405 Rob McMahon. 7406 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 7407 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 7408 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 7409 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 7410 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 7411 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 7412 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 7413 Novell Labs Europe. 7414 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 7415 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 7416 Cal State Chico. 7417 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 7418 *Hobbit*. 7419 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 7420 and Liudvikas Bukys. 7421 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 7422 from Spider Boardman. 7423 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7424 with the binaries). 7425 74268.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 7427 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 7428 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 7429 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 7430 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 7431 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 7432 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 7433 implications. 7434 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 7435 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 7436 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 7437 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 7438 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 7439 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 7440 University of Texas. 7441 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 7442 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 7443 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 7444 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 7445 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 7446 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 7447 Data General. 7448 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 7449 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 7450 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 7451 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 7452 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 7453 with a lot of arguments). 7454 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 7455 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 7456 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 7457 Michigan. 7458 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 7459 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 7460 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 7461 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 7462 Thibault. 7463 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 7464 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 7465 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 7466 some of the map code. 7467 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7468 with the binaries). 7469 74708.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 7471 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 7472 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 7473 may have some security implications. 7474 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 7475 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 7476 Hill of the University of Iowa. 7477 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 7478 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 7479 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 7480 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 7481 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 7482 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 7483 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 7484 option. 7485 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 7486 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 7487 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 7488 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 7489 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 7490 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 7491 Rochester. 7492 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 7493 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 7494 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 7495 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 7496 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 7497 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 7498 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 7499 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 7500 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 7501 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 7502 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 7503 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 7504 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 7505 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 7506 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 7507 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 7508 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 7509 messages. 7510 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 7511 message to explain how much space was available and 7512 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 7513 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 7514 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 7515 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 7516 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 7517 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 7518 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 7519 moves things more towards what will probably become a 7520 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 7521 Kapor Enterprises. 7522 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 7523 without recompiling. 7524 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 7525 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 7526 purely cosmetic. 7527 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 7528 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 7529 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 7530 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 7531 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 7532 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 7533 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 7534 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 7535 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 7536 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 7537 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 7538 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 7539 Wolfhugel. 7540 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 7541 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 7542 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 7543 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 7544 refused" response, and that the connection can be 7545 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 7546 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 7547 size around and can never start listening to connections 7548 again. The down side is that someone could start up 7549 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 7550 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 7551 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 7552 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 7553 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 7554 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 7555 implications. 7556 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 7557 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 7558 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 7559 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 7560 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 7561 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 7562 doc directory. This includes some additional 7563 information. 7564 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 7565 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 7566 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 7567 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 7568 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 7569 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 7570 loop the mail, which was bad news. 7571 Portability fixes: 7572 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 7573 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7574 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 7575 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 7576 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 7577 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 7578 Newcastle upon Tyne. 7579 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 7580 Corporation. 7581 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 7582 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 7583 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 7584 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 7585 New Files: 7586 src/Makefile.CLIX 7587 src/Makefile.NCR3000 7588 doc/changes/Makefile 7589 doc/changes/changes.me 7590 doc/changes/changes.ps 7591 75928.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 7593 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 7594 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 7595 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 7596 75978.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 7598 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 7599 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 7600 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 7601 list. 7602 76038.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 7604 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 7605 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 7606 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 7607 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 7608 valid shell. 7609 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 7610 in the connection cache for a long time under some 7611 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 7612 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 7613 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 7614 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 7615 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 7616 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 7617 from a local user to another local user. From 7618 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7619 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 7620 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 7621 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7622 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 7623 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 7624 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 7625 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 7626 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 7627 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 7628 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 7629 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 7630 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 7631 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 7632 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 7633 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 7634 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 7635 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 7636 BSD-like system. 7637 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 7638 protocol entirely. 7639 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 7640 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 7641 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 7642 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 7643 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 7644 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 7645 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 7646 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 7647 files. 7648 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 7649 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 7650 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 7651 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 7652 of CMU. 7653 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 7654 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 7655 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 7656 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 7657 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 7658 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 7659 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 7660 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 7661 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 7662 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 7663 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 7664 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 7665 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 7666 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 7667 security implications. Suggested by several people. 7668 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 7669 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 7670 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 7671 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 7672 Motonori Nakamura. 7673 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 7674 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 7675 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 7676 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 7677 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 7678 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 7679 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 7680 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 7681 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 7682 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 7683 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 7684 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 7685 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 7686 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 7687 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 7688 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 7689 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 7690 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 7691 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 7692 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 7693 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7694 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 7695 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 7696 didn't see the class items being added. 7697 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 7698 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 7699 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 7700 Rutgers. 7701 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 7702 but sets h_errno to a success value. 7703 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 7704 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 7705 address specified in the P option). This fix should 7706 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 7707 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 7708 the problem myself. 7709 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 7710 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 7711 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 7712 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 7713 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 7714 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 7715 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 7716 UUNET. 7717 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 7718 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 7719 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 7720 John Oleynick. 7721 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 7722 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 7723 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 7724 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 7725 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 7726 Nakamura. 7727 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 7728 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 7729 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 7730 University of Washington. 7731 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 7732 don't have an ``=value'' part. 7733 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 7734 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 7735 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 7736 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 7737 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 7738 of Cambridge University. 7739 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 7740 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 7741 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 7742 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 7743 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 7744 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 7745 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 7746 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 7747 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 7748 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 7749 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 7750 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 7751 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 7752 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 7753 a chance. 7754 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 7755 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 7756 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 7757 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 7758 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 7759 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 7760 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 7761 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 7762 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 7763 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 7764 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 7765 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 7766 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 7767 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 7768 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 7769 size for various mailers. 7770 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 7771 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 7772 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 7773 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 7774 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 7775 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 7776 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 7777 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 7778 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 7779 system. 7780 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 7781 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 7782 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 7783 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 7784 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 7785 Michel of Thomson CSF. 7786 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 7787 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 7788 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 7789 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 7790 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 7791 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 7792 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 7793 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 7794 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 7795 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 7796 University of Sydney. 7797 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 7798 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 7799 This is because of the known bug where definition of 7800 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 7801 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 7802 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 7803 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 7804 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 7805 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 7806 Suominen. 7807 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 7808 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 7809 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 7810 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 7811 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 7812 Suominen. 7813 Portability fixes: 7814 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 7815 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7816 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 7817 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 7818 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 7819 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7820 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 7821 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 7822 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 7823 NEW FILES: 7824 src/Makefile.DomainOS 7825 src/Makefile.PTX 7826 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 7827 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 7828 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7829 src/mailq.1 7830 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 7831 doc/op/Makefile 7832 doc/intro/Makefile 7833 doc/usenix/Makefile 7834 78358.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 7836 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 7837 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 7838 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 7839 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 7840 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 7841 permissions they should not have had (usually group 7842 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 7843 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 7844 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 7845 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 7846 Although this does not respond to a specific known 7847 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 7848 Christian Wettergren. 7849 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 7850 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 7851 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 7852 program by putting that in their .forward file. 7853 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 7854 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 7855 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 7856 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 7857 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 7858 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 7859 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 7860 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 7861 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 7862 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 7863 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 7864 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 7865 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 7866 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 7867 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 7868 connection to create problems on the current job. 7869 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 7870 the wrong place. 7871 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 7872 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 7873 problem that ignored the load average in locally 7874 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 7875 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 7876 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 7877 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 7878 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 7879 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 7880 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 7881 when sending error messages. This resulted in 7882 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 7883 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 7884 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 7885 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 7886 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 7887 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 7888 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 7889 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 7890 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 7891 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 7892 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 7893 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 7894 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 7895 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 7896 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 7897 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 7898 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 7899 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 7900 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 7901 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 7902 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 7903 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 7904 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 7905 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 7906 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 7907 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 7908 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 7909 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 7910 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 7911 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 7912 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 7913 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 7914 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 7915 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 7916 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 7917 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 7918 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 7919 dot convention. 7920 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 7921 of from a clean exit. 7922 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 7923 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 7924 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 7925 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 7926 as the subject of an error message, even though the 7927 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 7928 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 7929 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 7930 Jones of UUNET. 7931 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 7932 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 7933 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 7934 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 7935 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 7936 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 7937 says that they should be ignored. 7938 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 7939 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 7940 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 7941 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 7942 is not reentrant. 7943 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 7944 documented in the Bat Book. 7945 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 7946 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 7947 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 7948 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 7949 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 7950 code during some parts of connection initialization. 7951 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 7952 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 7953 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 7954 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 7955 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7956 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 7957 of Kyoto University. 7958 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 7959 From P{r Emanuelsson. 7960 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 7961 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 7962 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 7963 Bryan Costales. 7964 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 7965 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 7966 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 7967 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 7968 Nakamura. 7969 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 7970 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 7971 illegal addresses appearing there). 7972 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 7973 BB&N. 7974 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 7975 included. 7976 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 7977 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 7978 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 7979 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 7980 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 7981 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 7982 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 7983 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 7984 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 7985 by the other end closing the connection. From 7986 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 7987 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 7988 to include a host name or other useful information. 7989 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 7990 DeMarco. 7991 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 7992 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 7993 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 7994 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 7995 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 7996 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 7997 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 7998 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 7999 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 8000 this properly). 8001 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 8002 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 8003 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 8004 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 8005 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 8006 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 8007 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 8008 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 8009 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 8010 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 8011 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 8012 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 8013 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 8014 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 8015 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 8016 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 8017 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 8018 of the Institute for Global Communications. 8019 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 8020 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 8021 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 8022 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 8023 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 8024 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 8025 Portability fixes for: 8026 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 8027 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 8028 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 8029 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 8030 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 8031 of Stoner Associates. 8032 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 8033 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 8034 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 8035 of Maryland. 8036 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 8037 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8038 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 8039 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 8040 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 8041 RISC/os. 8042 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 8043 at Chico. 8044 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 8045 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 8046 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 8047 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 8048 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 8049 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 8050 since this is intended only for internal use, the 8051 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 8052 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 8053 addresses when relaying internally. 8054 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 8055 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 8056 provided by Peter Wemm. 8057 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 8058 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 8059 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 8060 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 8061 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 8062 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 8063 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 8064 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 8065 names. 8066 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 8067 rather than letting them get "local configuration 8068 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 8069 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 8070 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 8071 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 8072 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 8073 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 8074 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 8075 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 8076 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 8077 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 8078 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 8079 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 8080 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 8081 of Georgia Tech. 8082 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 8083 Jim Murray of Stratus. 8084 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 8085 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 8086 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 8087 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 8088 the local name prepended. 8089 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 8090 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 8091 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 8092 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 8093 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 8094 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 8095 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 8096 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 8097 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 8098 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 8099 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 8100 :include: files and accounts that have shells 8101 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 8102 cause some .forward files that have worked 8103 before to start failing. 8104 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 8105 NEW FILES: 8106 src/Makefile.DGUX 8107 src/Makefile.Dynix 8108 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 8109 src/Makefile.Mach386 8110 src/Makefile.NetBSD 8111 src/Makefile.RISCos 8112 src/Makefile.SCO 8113 src/Makefile.SVR4 8114 src/Makefile.Titan 8115 cf/mailer/pop.m4 8116 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 8117 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 8118 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 8119 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 8120 makemap/Makefile.dist 8121 praliases/Makefile.dist 8122 81238.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 8124 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 8125 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 8126 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 8127 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 8128 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 8129 class of attack. 8130 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 8131 in a few critical places. 8132 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 8133 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 8134 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 8135 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 8136 and High-Energy Physics. 8137 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 8138 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 8139 Eric Wassenaar. 8140 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 8141 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 8142 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 8143 Wassenaar. 8144 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 8145 really become relevant in the next release, but some 8146 people need it for local patches. From Michael 8147 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8148 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 8149 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 8150 these can have different values depending on which 8151 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 8152 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 8153 what uid/gid processes ran as. 8154 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 8155 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 8156 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 8157 postmaster" case. 8158 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 8159 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 8160 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 8161 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 8162 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 8163 Christopher Davis. 8164 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 8165 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 8166 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 8167 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8168 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 8169 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 8170 81718.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 8172 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 8173 addresses that get return-receipts. 8174 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 8175 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 8176 and end up sending the message several times. 8177 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 8178 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 8179 four hours". 8180 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 8181 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 8182 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 8183 Cornell University Medical College. 8184 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 8185 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 8186 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 8187 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 8188 Wassenaar. 8189 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 8190 connections fail during message collection. From 8191 Eric Wassenaar. 8192 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 8193 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 8194 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 8195 Stratus. 8196 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 8197 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 8198 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8199 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 8200 by non-root users were not put into 8201 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 8202 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 8203 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 8204 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 8205 could get confused as to whether a database was 8206 open or not. 8207 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 8208 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 8209 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 8210 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 8211 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 8212 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 8213 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 8214 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 8215 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 8216 82178.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 8218 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 8219 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 8220 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 8221 propagated to the queue file. 8222 82238.6/8.6 1993/10/05 8224 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 8225 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 8226 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 8227 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 8228 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 8229 header files but don't have the syscall. 8230 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 8231 if trymx == FALSE. 8232 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 8233 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 8234 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 8235 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8236 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 8237 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8238 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 8239 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 8240 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 8241 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 8242 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 8243 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 8244 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 8245 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 8246 Kanbe. 8247 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 8248 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 8249 Wisner of The Well. 8250 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 8251 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 8252 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 8253 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 8254 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 8255 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 8256 files that you should be able to read but have previously 8257 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 8258 read permission. 8259 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 8260 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 8261 MX suppression will still work. 8262 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 8263 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 8264 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 8265 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8266 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 8267 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 8268 Nakamura. 8269 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 8270 "CX $Z" works. 8271 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 8272 trying to send the original message if the connection 8273 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 8274 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 8275 by John Myers of CMU. 8276 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 8277 term bug. 8278 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 8279 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 8280 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 8281 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 8282 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 8283 queue interval. This is an important fix. 8284 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 8285 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 8286 ruleset testing a bit easier. 8287 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 8288 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 8289 level. 8290 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 8291 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 8292 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 8293 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 8294 address. 8295 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 8296 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 8297 Harvey Mudd College. 8298 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 8299 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 8300 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 8301 their full name information. 8302 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 8303 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 8304 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 8305 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 8306 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 8307 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 8308 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 8309 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 8310 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8311 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 8312 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 8313 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 8314 PC TCP/IP implementations. 8315 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 8316 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 8317 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 8318 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 8319 names. 8320 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 8321 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 8322 helpful. 8323 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 8324 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 8325 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 8326 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8327 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 8328 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 8329 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 8330 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 8331 that claims to be itself works properly. 8332 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 8333 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 8334 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 8335 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 8336 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 8337 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 8338 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8339 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 8340 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 8341 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 8342 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 8343 scratch. 8344 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 8345 true address to still send to the original address 8346 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 8347 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 8348 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 8349 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 8350 more trouble than it was worth. 8351 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 8352 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 8353 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 8354 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 8355 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 8356 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 8357 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 8358 the queue. 8359 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 8360 messages don't come out with stale information. 8361 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 8362 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 8363 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 8364 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 8365 Myers of CMU. 8366 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 8367 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 8368 Corrigan. 8369 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 8370 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 8371 sender address. 8372 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 8373 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 8374 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 8375 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 8376 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 8377 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 8378 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 8379 that does bulk data transfer). 8380 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 8381 Amir Plivatsky. 8382 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 8383 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 8384 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 8385 bogus config files that were not caught. 8386 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 8387 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 8388 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 8389 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 8390 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 8391 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 8392 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 8393 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 8394 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 8395 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 8396 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 8397 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 8398 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 8399 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 8400 opened or if running with no database format defined. 8401 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 8402 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8403 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 8404 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 8405 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 8406 Melbourne. 8407 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 8408 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 8409 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 8410 to match regular entries. 8411 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 8412 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 8413 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 8414 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 8415 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 8416 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 8417 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 8418 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 8419 error message so that the "subject" line of return 8420 messages is the best possible. 8421 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 8422 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 8423 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 8424 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 8425 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 8426 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 8427 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8428 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 8429 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 8430 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 8431 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 8432 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 8433 on the address. 8434 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 8435 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 8436 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 8437 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 8438 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8439 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 8440 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 8441 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 8442 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 8443 addresses in any detail. 8444 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 8445 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 8446 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 8447 with an address such as "!foo". 8448 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 8449 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 8450 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 8451 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 8452 Bret Marquis. 8453 84548.5/8.5 1993/07/23 8455 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 8456 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 8457 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 8458 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8459 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 8460 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 8461 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 8462 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 8463 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 8464 Nakamura. 8465 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 8466 are no DNS records matching the name. 8467 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 8468 original message was received ... from localhost". 8469 The correct original host information is now included. 8470 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 8471 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 8472 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 8473 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 8474 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 8475 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 8476 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 8477 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 8478 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 8479 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 8480 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 8481 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 8482 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 8483 84848.4/8.4 1993/07/22 8485 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 8486 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 8487 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 8488 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 8489 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 8490 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 8491 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 8492 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 8493 are really configuration errors. This option is 8494 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 8495 UIUC sendmail. 8496 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 8497 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 8498 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 8499 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 8500 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 8501 by Neil Rickert. 8502 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 8503 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 8504 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 8505 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 8506 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 8507 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 8508 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 8509 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 8510 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 8511 of dickering with error handling (see below). 8512 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 8513 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 8514 humans. 8515 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 8516 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 8517 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 8518 repaired). 8519 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 8520 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 8521 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 8522 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 8523 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 8524 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 8525 connection rather than sending QUIT. 8526 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 8527 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 8528 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 8529 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 8530 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8531 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 8532 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 8533 core dumps on some machines. 8534 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 8535 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 8536 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 8537 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 8538 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 8539 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 8540 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 8541 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 8542 some true error conditions. 8543 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 8544 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 8545 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 8546 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 8547 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 8548 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 8549 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 8550 by Motonori Nakamura. 8551 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 8552 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 8553 caused error messages to be handled differently during 8554 a queue run than a direct run. 8555 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 8556 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 8557 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 8558 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 8559 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 8560 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 8561 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 8562 restart it. 8563 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 8564 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 8565 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 8566 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 8567 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 8568 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 8569 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 8570 is appropriately functional. 8571 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 8572 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 8573 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 8574 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 8575 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 8576 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 8577 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 8578 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 8579 Technologies. 8580 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 8581 process group id. The original fix was to get around 8582 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 8583 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 8584 different from the process id. I could try to fix 8585 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 8586 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 8587 things. 8588 Portability changes: 8589 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 8590 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 8591 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 8592 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 8593 of Colorado. 8594 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 8595 help other strict ANSI compilers. 8596 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 8597 Corporation. 8598 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 8599 documentation apparently doesn't define 8600 __STDC__ by default). 8601 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 8602 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 8603 Motonori Nakamura. 8604 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 8605 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 8606 several people have made a good argument that this 8607 creates more problems than it solves (although this 8608 may prove painful in the short run). 8609 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 8610 format. 8611 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 8612 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 8613 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 8614 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 8615 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 8616 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 8617 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 8618 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 8619 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 8620 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 8621 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 8622 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 8623 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 8624 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 8625 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 8626 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8627 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 8628 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 8629 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 8630 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 8631 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 8632 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 8633 environments. Ugly as sin. 8634 86358.3/8.3 1993/07/13 8636 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 8637 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 8638 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 8639 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 8640 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 8641 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 8642 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 8643 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 8644 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 8645 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 8646 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 8647 "user friendly". 8648 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 8649 16 bytes/sec. 8650 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 8651 compatibility library. This also adds a new 8652 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 8653 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 8654 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 8655 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 8656 for quick test cases. 8657 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 8658 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 8659 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 8660 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 8661 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 8662 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 8663 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 8664 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 8665 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 8666 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 8667 From Michael Corrigan. 8668 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 8669 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 8670 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8671 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 8672 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 8673 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 8674 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 8675 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 8676 Christophe Wolfhugel. 8677 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 8678 86798.2/8.2 1993/07/11 8680 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 8681 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 8682 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 8683 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 8684 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 8685 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 8686 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 8687 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 8688 from Bill Wisner. 8689 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 8690 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 8691 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 8692 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 8693 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 8694 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 8695 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 8696 match the other flags in that file. 8697 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 8698 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 8699 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 8700 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 8701 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 8702 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 8703 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 8704 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 8705 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 8706 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 8707 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 8708 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 8709 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 8710 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8711 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 8712 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 8713 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 8714 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 8715 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 8716 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 8717 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 8718 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 8719 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 8720 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 8721 the root and directories leading up to your home); 8722 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 8723 be owned by you. 8724 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 8725 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 8726 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 8727 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 8728 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 8729 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 8730 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 8731 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 8732 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 8733 is separate; this is just intended to work around 8734 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 8735 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 8736 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 8737 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 8738 matching without a null it never tries again with a 8739 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 8740 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 8741 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 8742 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 8743 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 8744 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 8745 it adapts. 8746 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 8747 will insert the appropriate full name information; 8748 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 8749 way. 8750 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 8751 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 8752 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 8753 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 8754 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 8755 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 8756 only happen when there has been another error in the 8757 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 8758 by default in conf.h. 8759 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 8760 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 8761 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 8762 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 8763 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 8764 This output is not intended to be particularly human 8765 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 8766 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 8767 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 8768 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 8769 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 8770 See cf/README for an example. 8771 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 8772 sites that don't use the -d flag. 8773 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 8774 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 8775 has been requested by several people, but can break 8776 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 8777 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 8778 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 8779 broken. Use it sparingly. 8780 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 8781 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 8782 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 8783 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 8784 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 8785 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 8786 Bill Wisner of The Well. 8787 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 8788 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 8789 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 8790 87918.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 8792 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 8793 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 8794 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 8795 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 8796 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 8797 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 8798 87998.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 8800 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 8801 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 8802 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 8803 88048.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 8805 Another mailertable fix.... 8806 88078.1/8.1 1993/06/07 8808 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 8809